GBDC 10-K Fiscal year ended Sept. 30, 2025

---

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed subsequent to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days following the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2025.

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Risks Related to Our Business and Structure

We are subject to risks associated with the current interest rate environment and to the extent we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

To the extent we borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred stock to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay interest or dividends on such debt securities or preferred stock and the rate at which we invest these funds. In addition, many of our debt investments and borrowings have floating interest rates that reset on a periodic basis, and many of our investments are subject to interest rate floors. As a result, a change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds will increase because the interest rates on the amounts borrowed under our credit facilities or certain other financing arrangements are typically floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor above current levels will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.

We can use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques could include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. These activities could limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates typically will lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments, which could result in an increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to GC Advisors. In addition, a decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our NAV. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our distribution rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock.

Conversely, in a period of declining interest rates, we would expect certain obligations to be paid off by the obligor more quickly than originally anticipated, and we could have to invest the proceeds in investments with lower yields. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments has historically tended to increase (as does price fluctuation) as borrowers are motivated to pay off debt and refinance at new lower rates. During such periods, we would expect reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds by us to generally be at lower rates of return than the return on the investments that were prepaid.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make, and we believe that recent market trends have increased the number of competitors seeking to invest in loans to private, middle-market companies in the United States.

We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors could have access to funding sources that are not available

---

to us. In addition, some of our competitors could have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our treatment as a RIC. The competitive pressures we face could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities that arise from time to time, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

An excess of the amount of capital in the private debt markets and overall competition for loans could result in short term returns for us that are lower than our long-term targets. In the event these conditions continue for an extended amount of time, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Identifying, structuring and consummating investments involves competition among capital providers and market and transaction uncertainty. GC Advisors can provide no assurance that it will be able to identify a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities or to avoid prepayment of existing investments to satisfy our investment objectives, including as necessary to effectively structure new debt securitizations, credit facilities or other forms of leverage.

The loan origination market is very competitive, which can result in loan terms that are more favorable to borrowers, and conversely less favorable to lenders, such as lower interest rates and fees, weaker borrower financial and other covenants, borrower rights to cure defaults, and other terms more favorable to borrowers than current or historical norms. Increased competition could cause us to make more loans that are “covenant-lite” in nature and, in a distressed scenario, there can be no assurance that these loans will retain the same value as loans with a full package of covenants. As a result of these conditions, the market for leveraged loans could become less advantageous than expected for us, and this could increase default rates, decrease recovery rates or otherwise harm our returns. The risk of prepayment is also higher in the current competitive environment if borrowers are offered more favorable terms by other lenders. The financial markets have experienced substantial fluctuations in prices and liquidity for leveraged loans. Any further disruption in the credit and other financial markets could have substantial negative effects on general economic conditions, the availability of required capital for companies and the operating performance of such companies. These conditions could also result in increased default rates and credit downgrades, and affect the liquidity and pricing of the investments made by us. Conversely, periods of economic stability and increased competition among capital providers could increase the difficulty of locating investments that are desirable for us.

With respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors could make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. In the secondary market for acquiring existing loans, we compete generally on the basis of pricing terms. With respect to all investments, we could lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we could experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We will also compete for investment opportunities with accounts managed or sponsored by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Although GC Advisors allocates opportunities in accordance with its allocation policy, allocations to such other accounts will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and thus not necessarily be in the best interests of us and our security holders. Moreover, the performance of investments will not be known at the time of allocation.

Changing interest rates could affect the value of our investments and make it more difficult for portfolio companies to make periodic payments on their loans.

Interest rate risk refers to the risk of market changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes affect the value of debt. In general, rising interest rates will negatively impact the price of fixed rate debt, and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on price. Adjustable-rate debt also reacts to interest rate changes in a similar manner, although generally to a lesser degree. Interest rate sensitivity is generally larger and less predictable in debt with uncertain repayment or prepayment schedules. Further, rising interest rates, which have been experienced in the United States and many other countries around the world in recent years, make it more difficult for borrowers to repay debt, which could increase the risk of payment defaults. Any failure of one or more portfolio companies to repay or refinance its debt at or prior to maturity or the inability of one or more portfolio companies to make ongoing payments following

---

an increase in contractual interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In periods of falling interest rates, the probability that loans will be pre-paid increases as borrowers tend to refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. In such periods, there is a risk that we might not be able to invest in new loans on the same terms, or at all. If we cannot invest in new loans on terms that are the same or better than the investments that are repaid, our operations and financial conditions could be adversely affected. In addition, falling interest rates could lead to loans generating lower returns for us for the same level of risk. We could therefore need to invest in riskier loans to achieve the same level of returns.

We are dependent upon GC Advisors for our success and upon its access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.

We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We rely on GC Advisors to manage and conduct our affairs and make all investment decisions. Subject to the oversight of the Board, GC Advisors has sole discretion in originating, structuring, negotiating, purchasing, financing and eventually divesting our investments, and our investors will not be able to evaluate for themselves the merits of particular investments prior to us making such investments. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior investment professionals of GC Advisors to achieve our investment objective. GC Advisors’ investment committee, which consists of two members of our board of directors and additional employees of Golub Capital LLC, provides oversight over our investment activities. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. We expect that GC Advisors will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. We can offer no assurance, however, that the senior investment professionals of GC Advisors will continue to provide investment advice to us. If these individuals do not maintain their existing relationships with Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates and do not develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we can provide no assurance that GC Advisors or its affiliates will be able to identify appropriate replacements or grow our investment portfolio. The loss of any member of GC Advisors’ investment committee or of other senior investment professionals of GC Advisors and its affiliates would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital LLC makes available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and provides access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital LLC for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We are not a party to the Staffing Agreement and cannot assure you that Golub Capital LLC will fulfill its obligations under the agreement. If Golub Capital LLC fails to perform, we cannot assure you that GC Advisors will enforce the Staffing Agreement, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates or their information and deal flow.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with sponsors and investing in companies backed by private equity sponsors. Any inability of GC Advisors to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

GC Advisors is highly dependent on relationships with private equity sponsors in connection with the sourcing of investments. If these sponsors find new sources of debt capital that are more advantageous to them, or if GC Advisors suffers reputational harm such that it becomes a less attractive source of capital for private equity sponsors, GC Advisors could have difficulty finding and sourcing new middle-market debt investments. Private equity sponsors could experience financial distress, which could be related or unrelated to the portfolio companies to which we have exposure. Once in financial distress, sponsors likely would be unable to provide the same level of managerial, operating or financial support to these portfolio companies, resulting in an increased risk of default by such portfolio companies. Additionally, increased or changed regulations to which private equity sponsors are subject could impact how they do business. We could have exposure to private equity sponsor controlled companies that have completed one or more dividend recapitalizations, thereby allowing such sponsors to substantially reduce or eliminate their net investments in underlying portfolio companies. These investments generally present different investment characteristics than investments where private equity sponsors retain significant net contributed capital positions in the underlying portfolio companies. These investments could experience a higher rate of default. Even

---

when a default does not occur, a private equity sponsor could be less willing to provide ongoing financial support to a portfolio company after it has received one or more capital distributions on its investment.

We believe that purchase price multiples of companies (as measured, in general terms, by the price paid by a private equity sponsor to purchase a company divided by the company’s trailing twelve-month earnings) to which we have direct or indirect exposure are very high by historical standards. When determining the appropriate amount of financing to provide a prospective borrower, GC Advisors considers the value cushion as measured by the difference between the enterprise value of the company and the total amount of financing. If market purchase price multiples decline or if a borrower to which we are directly or indirectly exposed experiences financial distress, the value cushion supporting our investment could deteriorate and the investment could become impaired, resulting in losses for us.

We can provide no assurance that we will be able to replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or sponsored by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, or by GC Advisors or its affiliates.

Investors are cautioned that past investment performance of similar portfolios and other investment vehicles managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not indicative of how we will perform. Our investments could differ from some existing accounts and funds that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. Investors in our securities are not acquiring an interest in any accounts that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. We often co-invest in portfolio investments with other accounts sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates. Such investments are subject to regulatory limitations and, in some instances, approvals by directors who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. We can offer no assurance, however, that we will obtain such approvals or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by us or by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results were achieved in particular market conditions that might never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty can have an adverse impact on our future performance.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to manage our business and to grow. This depends, in turn, on GC Advisors’ ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis depends upon GC Advisors’ execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. GC Advisors has substantial responsibilities under the

Investment Advisory Agreement, as well as responsibilities in connection with the management of other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors, members of GC Advisors’ investment committee or the Administrator. The personnel of the Administrator and its affiliates could be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities could distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest as a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee that could affect our investment returns.

As a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee, there will be times when GC Advisors or such persons have interests that differ from those of our security holders, giving rise to a conflict of interest, many of which are described in the following risk factors. GC Advisors attempts to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of interest. Further, GC Advisors has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure its clients are treated fairly and equitably over time. GC Advisors believes that these factors, together with Golub Capital’s commitment to put investors first, effectively mitigate the risks associated with such conflicts of interest. However, it can be difficult to ensure that conflicts of interest do not adversely affect us.

---

There are conflicts related to the obligations of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients and conflicts related to fees and expenses of such other clients.

The members of GC Advisors’ investment committee serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Currently, certain of our directors and certain of our officers also serve as directors and officers of GDLC, GBDC 4, GDLCU and GCRED, each a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has also elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Similarly, GC Advisors and its affiliates manage other clients with similar or competing investment objectives.

GC Advisors’ management team will share its time and attention between us and other investment vehicles and accounts. Neither we nor any investor in us unaffiliated with GC Advisors will have any rights in or to independent ventures of GC Advisors or its affiliates or in the income or profits derived therefrom. GC Advisors does not expect to have any dedicated personnel who spend all or substantially all of their time managing our investing activities.

In serving in these multiple capacities, GC Advisors and its personnel have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which could conflict with the best interests of us or our stockholders. Economic disruption and uncertainty precipitated by certain events, including, for example, public health crises, could require GC Advisors and its affiliates to devote additional time and focus to existing portfolio companies in which other funds and accounts managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates hold investments. Furthermore, there is an incentive for GC Advisors’ personnel to devote resources, time and attention to investments or business lines based on the possibility of earning fees or other benefits associated with such investments or business lines, even though such investments or business lines might be of little or no benefit to any particular clients of GC Advisors, including GBDC. The allocation of time and focus by personnel of GC Advisors and its affiliates to existing portfolio company investments held by other funds and accounts could reduce the time that such individuals have to spend on our investing activities.

Our investment objective overlaps with the investment objectives of other affiliated accounts. For example, GC Advisors and its affiliates currently manage GDLC, GBDC 4, GDLCU, GCRED and multiple private funds and separate accounts that pursue an investment strategy similar to or overlapping with ours, some of which will seek additional capital from time to time. We compete with these and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, GC Advisors and its affiliates face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other accounts advised by or affiliated with GC Advisors and, in certain circumstances, in the timing of the sale of an investment. Certain of these accounts provide for higher management or incentive fees, allow GC Advisors to recover greater expense reimbursements or overhead allocations, and/or permit GC Advisors and its affiliates to receive higher origination and other transaction fees, all of which could contribute to this conflict of interest and create an incentive for GC Advisors to favor such other accounts. For example, the 1940 Act restricts GC Advisors from receiving more than a 1% fee in connection with loans that we acquire, or originate, a limitation that does not exist for certain other accounts. GC Advisors seeks to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, there can be no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably over any given time period, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable to us. Furthermore, we may receive smaller allocations relative to larger accounts, and/or receive larger allocations relative to our size as compared to allocations to larger accounts. With respect to the sale of investments, the sale of an investment by one account advised by GC Advisors or its affiliates could potentially adversely affect the market value of the interests in such investment that continue to be held by other accounts, including us.

GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates could, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

Principals of GC Advisors and its affiliates and members of GC Advisors’ investment committee could serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material non-public information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition could have an adverse effect on us.

---

Our management and incentive fee structure creates incentives for GC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and could induce GC Advisors to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to GC Advisors. The management fee is based on our average adjusted gross assets and the incentive fee is computed and paid on income and capital gains, both of which include leverage. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one could achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on the fair value of our average adjusted gross assets, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. The use of leverage increases the likelihood of default on our debt or other leverage, which would disfavor our securityholders.

Additionally, the incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors could create an incentive for GC Advisors to cause us to realize capital gains or losses that are not in the best interests of us or our stockholders. Under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when we recognize capital gains and, because GC Advisors determines when an investment is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. The Board is charged with protecting our stockholders’ interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation.

The part of the management and incentive fees payable to GC Advisors that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that includes income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends, zero coupon securities, and other deferred interest instruments. This compensation arrangement creates an incentive for GC Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative, including debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. Under these investments, we accrue the interest over the life of the investment but do not receive the cash income from the investment until the end of the term. Our net investment income used to calculate the income portion of our investment fee, however, includes accrued interest. GC Advisors has an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the fees even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because GC Advisors is not obligated to reimburse us for any fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.

Our securities could be purchased by GC Advisors or its affiliates.

Affiliates of GC Advisors have purchased, and GC Advisors and its affiliates in the future expect to purchase, certain of our securities. The purchase of our securities, including shares of our common stock, by GC Advisors and its affiliates could create certain risks. For example, GC Advisors and its affiliates could have an interest in disposing of our securities at a date that differs from that of our other investors so as to recover their investment in such securities.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

The majority of our portfolio investments are in the form of securities that are not publicly-traded. The fair value of such instruments could be difficult to determine. As a result, the Valuation Designee, subject to oversight by the Board, determines the fair value of these securities in good faith.

Valuations of private investments and private companies require judgment, are inherently uncertain, often fluctuate and are frequently based on estimates and not readily observable values. It is possible that determinations of fair value will differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market for these investments existed. If determinations regarding the fair value of investments were materially higher than the values that were ultimately realized upon the sale of such investments, the returns to our investors would be adversely affected.

In connection with that determination, the Valuation Designee will provide the Board with quarterly, annual and additional reporting, as needed, in accordance with valuation policies and procedures approved by the Board. The participation of GC Advisors’ investment professionals in our valuation process, and the indirect pecuniary interest in GC Advisors by Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub, results in a conflict of interest as GC Advisors’ management fee is based, in part, on our average adjusted gross assets and our capital gain and subordinated liquidation incentive fees are based, in part, on unrealized gains and losses.

---

Conflicts related to other arrangements with GC Advisors or its affiliates.

We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital LLC, under which Golub Capital LLC has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital.” See “Management Agreements — License Agreement.” In addition, we pay to the Administrator our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. These arrangements create conflicts of interest, including in the allocation of expenses and the enforcement of the respective agreements, that the Board must monitor.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted, which could limit the scope of investments available to us.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities is our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. GC Advisors and its affiliates are considered our affiliates for such purposes. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, among others, any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC.

We can, however, invest alongside GC Advisors’ and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law, interpretations of the staff of the SEC (the “Staff”), and/or any co-investment exemptive relief order from the SEC, as applicable. For example, we can invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the Staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that GC Advisors, acting on our behalf and on behalf of its other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We can also invest alongside GC Advisors’ other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and GC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, GC Advisors will determine the amount of any proposed investment to be made by us and similar eligible accounts. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisors’ pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata in proportion to the level of investment that we and any other eligible accounts initially sought, subject to compliance with the terms of any applicable co-investment exemptive relief from the SEC. In situations in which co-investment with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, GC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. GC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time. However, there can be no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably over any given time period, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for us.

On occasion, an investment opportunity will be too large to satisfy our desired position size and that of other investment funds and accounts managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. GC Advisors can provide no assurance that it will be able to identify counterparties to participate in such investment opportunities, and could be required to decline to make investments where it does not believe that it can successfully sell some of the investment opportunity to another market participant.

In situations in which co-investment with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when, in the absence of the exemptive relief described below, we and such other accounts cannot make investments in the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interest and those of other accounts, GC Advisors needs to decide whether we or such other accounts will proceed with such investments. GC Advisors makes these determinations based on its

---

policies and procedures, which generally require that such investment opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that is fair and equitable over time. Moreover, we generally will be unable to invest in an issuer in which an account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of funds and accounts advised by GC Advisors or its affiliates, unless doing so is impermissible with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, the terms of any exemptive relief granted to us and our allocation procedures. We, GC Advisors and certain other funds and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates, have received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with other funds and accounts managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in certain privately-placed investments that involve the negotiation of certain terms of the securities to be purchased (in addition to price-related terms), subject to certain conditions. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates could afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification.

GC Advisors could determine that we should not participate in certain transactions and for certain other transactions. GC Advisors may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate. In addition, even if we and any such other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates invest in the same securities or loans, conflicts of interest could still arise. For example, it is possible that, as a result of legal, tax, regulatory, accounting, political or other considerations, the terms of such investment (and divestment thereof) (including with respect to price and timing) for us and such other entities advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates could differ. Additionally, we and such other entities advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates will generally have different investment periods and/or investment objectives (including return profiles) and, as a result, have conflicting goals with respect to the price and timing of disposition opportunities. As such, to the extent permissible under applicable law and any applicable order issued by the SEC, we and such other entities could dispose of co-investments at different times and on different terms.

We have entered into the Adviser Revolver, resulting in a conflict of interest between GC Advisors’ obligation to act in its own best interest and in our best interest.

We have entered into the Adviser Revolver, an unsecured revolving loan agreement with GC Advisors. GC Advisors has a conflict of interest between its obligation to act in our best interest and its own best interest. Any such loans or advances made to us under the Adviser Revolver will be consistent with applicable law, GC Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to act in our best interests, our investment objectives, and the asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act. The terms associated with any such loans from GC Advisors or its affiliates, including the interest charged, shall, in the aggregate, be no more favorable to GC Advisors or its affiliates than could be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction but will not necessarily be on the same terms or at the same interest rate charged by GC Advisors to other funds that it manages. Neither GC Advisors nor any of its affiliates is obligated to extend any such loans to us and such loans will not necessarily be made available to us in the same amounts or on the same economic terms as are made available to other funds advised by GC Advisors or its affiliates, or at all. In the event that we are required to find third-party financing in place of or in addition to loans from GC Advisors and its affiliates, such third-party financing could be at less favorable economic terms than the loans from GC Advisors and its affiliates, which could reduce our returns.

GC Advisors could make certain investment decisions for the purpose of receiving transaction fees.

In connection with investments made by us, GC Advisors and its affiliates often receive origination, commitment, documentation, structuring, facility, monitoring, amendment, refinancing, administrative agent and/or other fees from portfolio investments in which we invest or propose to invest. The potential for GC Advisors and its affiliates to receive such economic benefits creates conflicts of interest as GC Advisors and its affiliates have an incentive to invest in portfolio investments that provide such benefits. Similarly, GC Advisors and its affiliates could be incentivized to waive certain fees in connection with a refinancing in order to receive certain fees in the new transaction, including when we and/or other accounts advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates can participate in the original or refinanced investment, or both.

---

Reductions, waivers or absorptions of fees and costs can temporarily result in higher returns to investors than they would otherwise receive if full fees and costs were charged.

GC Advisors and its affiliates are permitted to reduce, waive or absorb some of the fees or costs otherwise due by us. While this activity can be seen as friendly to investors, reductions, waivers and absorptions of fees and costs result in higher returns to investors than such investors would receive if full fees and costs were charged. There is no guarantee that any reductions, waivers or absorptions will occur in the future, and any reductions, waivers and absorptions are entirely at the discretion of GC Advisors or the Administrator, as applicable.

GC Advisors could prioritize its relationship with a borrower or private equity sponsor instead of seeking the most advantageous terms for our investments.

GC Advisors will generally not make any investment on behalf of us that it does not believe to be in our best interest viewed on an overall basis. However, conflicts can arise in any particular transaction between obtaining the most advantageous terms for an investment, which benefits us and other clients of GC Advisors participating in that investment, and maintaining GC Advisors’ relationship with a borrower or private equity sponsor, which likely serves the long-term best interests of GC Advisors’ clients overall, including us. For example, affiliates of GC Advisors hold relatively small, minority investments in unaffiliated private equity funds, which arguably creates an incentive for GC Advisors to cause us to invest in portfolio companies owned by such private equity funds and to treat such portfolio companies more favorably in a workout situation. As another example of the conflicts that could arise, GC Advisors is permitted to reduce or waive transaction or prepayment fees, offer loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower (and conversely, less favorable to us), accept a below target position size, agree to amend certain terms or waive existing terms or defaults or make other similar concessions to maintain or improve a relationship with a private equity sponsor or borrower, which GC Advisors believes could increase the likelihood of repeat business that will benefit us and GC Advisors’ other clients.

GC Advisors operates in multiple business lines and jurisdictions and could pursue additional business lines or operations in additional jurisdictions, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of its time and focus.

While Golub Capital maintains several major business lines, it has explored and will continue to explore opportunities outside these business lines. Such activity could adversely affect us. These risks include, but are not limited to, reputational damage, loss of management attention and time due to multiple constraints, regulatory sanctions, adverse impact to business relationships, increased competition of capital allocations, and expansion of potential risks to GC Advisors’ business as a whole outside those previously disclosed. New business lines could also exacerbate existing conflicts of interest and raise new conflicts.

Investors should be aware that other lines of business at Golub Capital could indirectly affect their investment in us, even if we are not directly exposed to those lines of business. While GC Advisors and its affiliates keep each investment client as a legally distinct entity or account, there are risks that a separate business line suffering a material adverse condition could affect other business lines to which we have direct exposure, and consequently, our performance. These risks could materially affect GC Advisors’ business as a whole, and include loss of reputation, loss of management time and focus, regulatory sanctions, and adverse impact to business relationships.

GC Advisors is expanding its global footprint and opening offices in several new jurisdictions to improve outreach to prospective investors in such jurisdictions. Such expansion subjects its operations to the legal and regulatory regimes of these jurisdictions and could adversely affect us. These risks include, but are not limited to, increased compliance costs, loss of management attention and time, and increased competition for capital allocations.

Golub Capital could pursue strategic transactions, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of GC Advisors’ time and focus.

Golub Capital could engage in any number of strategic transactions, which could be material and which could include, for example, acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, new business formations, restructurings, launches of new investment fund strategies and structures, or a fund that pursues a strategy that is different than what Golub Capital has historically focused on. Golub Capital has also previously sold passive, non-voting minority stakes in its management companies and could sell further stakes in itself or in its affiliates or acquire stakes in other asset managers, service providers or investment vehicles, including to or from investors in Golub Capital BDC.

Strategic transactions are subject to many risks, such as the risk that the transaction might not be successful in meeting its strategic goals, or the risk that the transaction might divert the attention of GC Advisors from our core

---

investment activities, or the risk that the management team will not be successful in developing and operating the underlying business involved in the strategic transaction.

We and GC Advisors could be the target of litigation or regulatory investigations.

We as well as GC Advisors and its affiliates participate in a highly regulated industry and are each subject to formal and informal inquiries, audits and reviews and could be subject to regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, in each case, from numerous regulatory authorities. There can be no assurance that we and GC Advisors and/or any of its affiliates will avoid regulatory investigation and possible enforcement actions stemming therefrom. GC Advisors is a registered investment adviser and, as such, is subject to the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act, the rules adopted thereunder and SEC or Staff interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change. Unpublished or changing Staff interpretations could contradict the advice of our outside counsel, which could expose us and GC Advisors to regulatory scrutiny. There can be no assurance that we and our affiliates will avoid regulatory investigations or enforcement actions. Changes in regulation or regulatory interpretations could increase the costs and risks to which we and our clients are subject.

There is also a material risk that applicable governmental authorities and regulators in the United States and other jurisdictions will continue to adopt new laws or regulations (such as tax, privacy and anti-money laundering laws or regulations), or change existing laws or regulations, or enhance the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations, in each case in a manner that is burdensome for GC Advisors and for us. Any such events or changes could occur during the term of Golub Capital BDC and could adversely affect us or GC Advisors and GC Advisors’ ability to operate and/or pursue its management strategies on behalf of us. Further, any such events or changes could adversely affect obligors’ ability to make payments on loans to which we are directly or indirectly exposed or otherwise adversely affect the value of such investments. Such risks are often difficult or impossible to predict, avoid or mitigate in advance. As a result, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will not have an adverse impact on the business of GC Advisors and/or any of its affiliates or our performance. From time to time, GC Advisors and its affiliates could take certain actions that they determine are necessary, appropriate or in the best interests of us and our stockholders, taken as a whole, to mitigate the application or impact of certain laws or regulations.

GC Advisors, its affiliates and/or any of their respective principals and employees could also be named as defendants in, or otherwise become involved in, litigation. Litigation and regulatory actions can be time-consuming and expensive and can lead to unexpected losses, which expenses and losses are often subject to indemnification by us. Legal proceedings could continue without resolution for long periods of time and their outcomes, which could materially and adversely affect the value of us or the ability of GC Advisors to manage us, are often impossible to anticipate. GC Advisors would likely be required to expend significant resources responding to any litigation or regulatory action related to it, and these actions could be a distraction to the activities of GC Advisors.

Our investment activities are subject to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties. This risk would be somewhat greater if we were to exercise control or significant influence over a portfolio company’s direction. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved by GC Advisors, the Administrator, or any of our officers, be borne by us and would reduce our net assets. GC Advisors and others are indemnified by us in connection with such litigation, subject to certain conditions.

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify for taxation as a RIC.

In order to qualify for taxation as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, to our stockholders each taxable year. We are subject, to the extent we use debt financing, to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify for taxation as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for taxation as a RIC and, thus, could be subject to corporate-level income tax irrespective of the level of distributions paid to our stockholders. To qualify for taxation as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet these requirements could result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly

---

in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments are in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to stockholders and the amount of our distributions and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our securityholders. See “Business — Taxation as a RIC.”

We could need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

We could need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We could access the capital markets to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, in order to qualify for taxation as a RIC, we are required to distribute to our stockholders each taxable year an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, or investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, these earnings are not available to fund new investments. An inability to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our securities. Furthermore, to the extent we are not able to raise capital and are at or near our targeted leverage ratios, we could receive smaller allocations, if any, on new investment opportunities under GC Advisors’ allocation policy and have, in the past, received such smaller allocations under similar circumstances.

We could have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accretion of original issue discount. This could arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contractual PIK arrangements, is included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also could be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that includes income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as accrued market discount, as well as income attributable to debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest or other income previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible, and GC Advisors has no obligation to refund any fees it received in respect of such accrued income.

Since in certain cases we could recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we could have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, to our stockholders in order to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

In such a case, we could have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for taxation as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Business — Taxation as a RIC.”

The tax treatment of a non-U.S. stockholder in its jurisdiction of tax residence will depend entirely on the laws of such jurisdiction and could vary considerably from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

Depending on (1) the laws of such non-U.S. stockholder’s jurisdiction of tax residence, (2) how we are treated in such jurisdiction, and (3) our activities, an investment in us could result in such non-U.S. stockholder recognizing adverse tax consequences in its jurisdiction of tax residence, including with respect to any generally required or additional tax filings and/or additional disclosure required in such filings in relation to the treatment for tax purposes

---

in the relevant jurisdiction of an interest in us and/or of distributions from us and any uncertainties arising in that respect (Golub Capital BDC not being established under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction), the possibility of taxable income significantly in excess of cash distributed to a non-U.S. stockholder, and possibly in excess of our actual economic income, the possibilities of losing deductions or the ability to utilize tax basis and of sums invested being returned in the form of taxable income or gains, and the possibility of being subject to tax at unfavorable tax rates. A non-U.S. stockholder could also be subject to restrictions on the use of its share of our deductions and losses in its jurisdiction of tax residence. Each stockholder is urged to consult its own tax advisers with respect to the tax and tax filing consequences, if any, in its jurisdiction of tax residence of an investment in us, as well as any other jurisdiction in which such prospective investor is subject to taxation.

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

We could issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the current provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals the percentage of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities after each issuance of senior securities that is applicable to us under Section 61 of the 1940 Act. Following the approval of our stockholders of the reduced asset coverage requirements in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and subject to our compliance with certain disclosure requirements, effective as of February 6, 2019, under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. Under the reduced 150% asset coverage requirement, we are permitted under the 1940 Act to have a debt-to-equity ratio of 2:1 as compared to a maximum of 1:1 under the 200% asset coverage requirement that would otherwise apply to us as a business development company. If the value of our assets declines, we could be unable to satisfy this ratio. If that happens, we could be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such activities could be disadvantageous. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions in an amount sufficient to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. As of September 30, 2025, we had $4.9 billion of outstanding borrowings, including $1.4 billion outstanding under our Debt Securitizations.

In the absence of an event of default, no person or entity from which we borrow money has a veto right or voting power over our ability to set policy, make investment decisions or adopt investment strategies. If we issue preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, the preferred stock would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and could have other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of our common stockholders, and the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that could involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our common stockholders. Holders of our common stock will directly or indirectly bear all of the costs associated with offering and servicing any preferred stock that we issue. In addition, any interests of preferred stockholders would not necessarily align with the interests of holders of our common stock and the rights of holders of shares of preferred stock to receive distributions would be senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock. We do not, however, anticipate issuing preferred stock in the next 12 months.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below the NAV per share. We could, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if the Board determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and, in certain cases, if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold cannot be less than a price that, in the determination of the Board, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and holders of our common stock could experience dilution.

---

We finance our investments with borrowed money, which will accelerate and increase the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and could increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage accelerates and increases the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on GC Advisors’ and the Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. While we intend to target a leverage ratio of 0.85x to 1.25x debt-to-equity, this limitation will not prevent us from incurring additional leverage or otherwise exceeding such leverage ratio to the full extent permissible under the 1940 Act, including during periods when we are experiencing unusual market volatility or other unexpected conditions.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us. While leverage presents opportunities for increasing our total return, it also has the potential to increase losses. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent we use leverage. Such events could result in a substantial loss to us, which would be greater than if leverage had not been used. In addition, our investment objectives are dependent on the continued availability of leverage at attractive relative interest rates.

We could issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders and/or enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. Lenders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We have the ability to pledge up to 100% of our assets and can grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we could enter into with lenders. The terms of our existing indebtedness require us to comply with certain financial and operational covenants, and we expect similar covenants in future debt instruments. Failure to comply with such covenants could result in a default under the applicable credit facility or debt instrument if we are unable to obtain a waiver from the applicable lender or holder, and such lender or holder could accelerate repayment under such indebtedness and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, under the terms of any credit facility or other debt instrument we enter into, we are likely to be required by its terms to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not used leverage, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our net investment income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our common stock or any outstanding preferred stock. Our ability to service our debt depends largely on our financial performance and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Our common stockholders bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to GC Advisors.

If we are unable to obtain leverage or if the interest rates of such leverage are not attractive, we could experience diminished returns. The number of leverage providers and the total amount of financing available could decrease or remain static. We could, directly or through subsidiaries, have concentrated exposure to a small number of commercial lenders or other financing providers, which could result in us being dependent on the continued availability of capital from such financing providers. Consequently, available financing could be more expensive or on terms that are less desirable than in an environment with a larger number of leverage providers.

As a business development company, we generally are required to meet the asset coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include our borrowings and any preferred stock that we could issue in the future, that is applicable to us under the 1940 Act.

Following the approval of our stockholders of the reduced asset coverage requirements in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and subject to our compliance with certain disclosure requirements, effective as of February 6, 2019, the reduced asset coverage requirement permits us to double the maximum amount of leverage that we are permitted to incur, which provides us with increased investment flexibility, but also increases our risks related to leverage.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock as of September 30, 2025, assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns could be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

---

			Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)
			(10)%						(5)%						0%						5%						10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)			- 29.78 %						- 18.51 %						- 7.23 %						4.04 %						15.31 %

(1) Assumes $9.0 billion in total assets, $4.9 billion in debt and $4.0 billion in net assets as of September 30, 2025 and an effective annual interest rate of 5.8% as of September 30, 2025.

Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $4.9 billion as of September 30, 2025 and the effective annual interest rate, which includes amortization of debt financing costs, amortization of discounts on notes issued and non-usage facility fees and the net contractual interest rate swap expense on the 2028 and 2029 Notes, but excluding the net gain/(loss) related to the fair value hedges associated with the 2028 and 2029 Notes interest rate swaps, of 5.8% as of that date, our investment portfolio would have been required to experience an annual return of at least 3.21% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

If we are unable to obtain leverage or if the interest rates of such leverage are not attractive, we could experience diminished returns. The number of leverage providers and the total amount of financing available could decrease or remain static. We could, directly or through subsidiaries, have concentrated exposure to a small number of commercial lenders or other financing providers, which could result in us being dependent on the continued availability of capital from such financing providers. Consequently, available financing could be more expensive or on terms that are less desirable than in an environment with a larger number of leverage providers.

We are subject to risks associated with the Debt Securitizations.

As a result of the 2024 Debt Securitization, we are subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below. We use the term “debt securitization” in this annual report on Form 10-K to describe a form of secured borrowing under which an operating company (sometimes referred to as an “originator” or “sponsor”) acquires or originates mortgages, receivables, loans or other assets that earn income, whether on a one-time or recurring basis (collectively, “income producing assets”), and borrows money on a non-recourse basis against a legally separate pool of loans or other income producing assets. In a typical debt securitization, the originator transfers the loans or income producing assets to a single-purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary (also referred to as a “special purpose entity”), which is established solely for the purpose of holding loans and income producing assets and issuing debt secured by these income producing assets. The special purpose entity completes the borrowing through the issuance of notes secured by the loans or other assets. The special purpose entity could issue the notes in the capital markets to a variety of investors, including banks, non-bank financial institutions and other investors. The special purpose entity that issued the notes in the 2024 Debt Securitization was the 2024 Issuer. The 2024 Issuer is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the BDC CLO 8 Depositor (formerly GCIC 2018 CLO Depositor), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. In Debt Securitizations, institutional investors purchase certain notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer in private placements.

We are subject to certain risks as a result of our direct or indirect interests in the junior notes and membership interests of each Securitization Issuer.

Under the terms of the respective loan sale agreement or loan sale agreements governing each Debt Securitization, we sold and/or contributed to the applicable Securitization Issuer all of our ownership interest in our portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in such loan sale agreement. Following this transfer, the applicable Securitization Issuer held all of the ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations.

Under the terms of the loan sale agreement entered into upon closing of the 2024 Debt Securitization (the “Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement”), which provided for the sale of assets on the closing date to satisfy risk retention requirements, (1) we transferred to GC Advisors a portion of our ownership interest in the portfolio company investments securing the Debt Securitization for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement and (2) immediately thereafter, GC Advisors sold to the Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in the portfolio loans for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the applicable Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement. Under the terms of the other loan sale agreement governing the Debt Securitization (the “Depositor Loan Sale Agreement”), which provides for the sale of assets on the closing date as well as future sales from us to the Securitization Issuer through the CLO Depositor, (1) we sold and/or contributed to

---

the CLO Depositor the remainder of our ownership interest in the portfolio company investments securing the Debt Securitization and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the Depositor Loan Sale Agreement and (2) the CLO Depositor, in turn, sold to the Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in the portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the loan sale agreement. Following these transfers, the Securitization Issuer, and not GC Advisors, the CLO Depositor or us, held all of the ownership interest in the portfolio company investments and participations.

As of September 30, 2025, we held indirectly through the BDC CLO 8 Depositor, the Class B-R 2024 Notes, the Class C-R 2024 Notes, the Subordinated 2024 Notes and 100% of the membership interests in the 2024 Issuer. As a result, we consolidate the financial statements of the 2024 Issuer, as well as our other subsidiaries, in our consolidated financial statements.

Because the Securitization Issuer and CLO Depositor is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the sale or contribution by us or the CLO Depositor to a Securitization Issuer or by us to a CLO Depositor did not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service were to take a contrary position, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We could, from time to time, hold asset-backed securities, or the economic equivalent thereof, issued by a securitization vehicle sponsored by another business development company to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

The notes and membership interests that we hold that are issued by the Securitization Issuers are subordinated obligations of the applicable Securitization Issuer and we could be prevented from receiving cash from such Securitization Issuer.

The notes issued by the Securitization Issuers and retained by us are the most junior class of notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer, are subordinated in priority of payment to the other notes issued by such Securitization Issuer and are subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by such Securitization Issuer. Therefore, we only receive cash distributions on such Notes if the applicable Securitization Issuer has made all cash interest payments to all other notes it has issued. Consequently, to the extent that the value of the portfolio of loan investments held by a Securitization Issuer has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, or as a result of defaulted loans or individual fund assets, the value of any notes that we have retained at their redemption could be reduced. If a Securitization Issuer does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the documents governing the applicable Debt Securitization, cash would be diverted from the notes that we hold to first pay the more senior notes issued by such Securitization Issuer in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied.

Each Securitization Issuer is the residual claimant on funds, if any, remaining after holders of all classes of notes issued by such Securitization Issuer have been paid in full on each payment date or upon maturity of such notes under the applicable Debt Securitization documents. As the holder of the membership interests in each Securitization Issuer, we could receive distributions, if any, only to the extent that the applicable Securitization Issuer makes distributions out of funds remaining after holders of all classes of notes issued by such Securitization Issuer have been paid in full on each payment date any amounts due and owing on such payment date or upon maturity of such notes. In the event that we fail to receive cash directly from a Securitization Issuer, we could be unable to make distributions in amounts sufficient to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all.

The interests of holders of the senior classes of securities issued by the Securitization Issuers could not be aligned with our interests.

The notes issued by each Securitization Issuer that are held by third parties (the “Senior Securitization Notes”) are debt obligations ranking senior in right of payment to other securities issued by the respective Securitization Issuer in the applicable Debt Securitization. As such, there are circumstances in which the interests of holders of the Senior Securitization Notes may not be aligned with the interests of holders of the other classes of notes issued by, and membership interests of, the applicable Securitization Issuer. For example, under the terms of the Class A-1R 2024 Notes, holders of the Class A-1R 2024 Notes have the right to receive payments of principal and interest prior to holders of the Class A-2RR 2024 Notes, the Class B-R 2024 Notes, the Class C-R 2024 Notes and the 2024 Issuer.

As used herein, “Controlling Class” refers to the most senior class of notes then outstanding with respect to a Securitization Issuer. If the most senior class of outstanding notes are paid in full, then the next most senior class of notes would comprise the Controlling Class under the documents governing the applicable Debt Securitization. For example, as long as the Class A 2018 Notes and the Class A GCIC 2018 Notes are outstanding, holders of such class

---

of notes comprise the Controlling Class under the 2018 Debt Securitization and the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, respectively. If such notes or loans are paid in full, then the Class B 2018 Notes and the Class B GCIC 2018 Notes would comprise the Controlling Class under the 2018 Debt Securitization and the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, respectively. Holders of the Controlling Class under the applicable Debt Securitization have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans in ways that could benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes and membership interests, including by exercising remedies under the indenture in the applicable Debt Securitization.

If an event of default has occurred and acceleration occurs in accordance with the terms of the indenture for a Debt Securitization, the Controlling Class of such Debt Securitization, as the most senior class of notes or loans then outstanding in such Debt Securitization will be paid in full before any further payment or distribution on the more junior classes of notes and membership interests. In addition, if an event of default under a Debt Securitization, holders of a majority of the Controlling Class of the applicable Debt Securitization could be entitled to determine the remedies to be exercised under the applicable indenture, subject to the terms of such indenture. For example, upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the notes issued by the 2018 Issuer, the trustee or holders of a majority of the Controlling Class could declare the principal, together with any accrued interest, of all the notes of such class and any junior classes to be immediately due and payable. This would have the effect of accelerating the principal on such notes, triggering a repayment obligation on the part of the 2018 Issuer. If at such time the portfolio loans were not performing well, the Securitization Issuer could not have sufficient proceeds available to enable the trustee under the indenture to repay the obligations of holders of the notes we hold, or to pay a dividend to holders of the membership interests.

Remedies pursued by the Controlling Class could be adverse to the interests of the holders of the notes that are subordinated to the Controlling Class (which would include the Class B-R 2024 Notes, Class C-R 2024 Notes and Subordinated 2024 Notes to the extent the Class A-1R 2024 Notes or Class A-2RR 2024 Notes constitute the Controlling Class) and the Controlling Class will have no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect on such other interests. Thus, we cannot assure you that any remedies pursued by the Controlling Class will be in the best interests of the applicable CLO Depositor or us or that the applicable CLO Depositor or we will receive any payments or distributions upon an acceleration of the notes. In a liquidation under any of the Debt Securitizations, the notes that we have directly or indirectly retained will be subordinated to payment of the other classes notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer and could not be paid in full to the extent funds remaining after payment of more senior notes not held by us are insufficient. In addition, after certain senior classes of notes are paid in full, the remaining noteholder could amend the applicable indenture to, among other things, direct the assignment of any remaining assets to other wholly-owned subsidiaries for a price less than the fair market value of such assets with the difference in price to be considered an equity contribution to such subsidiaries. Any failure of a Securitization Issuer to make distributions on the notes we indirectly or directly hold, whether as a result of an event of default, liquidation or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and could result in an inability of us to make distributions sufficient to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all.

A Securitization Issuer could fail to meet certain asset coverage tests.

Under the documents governing each of the Debt Securitizations, there are two asset coverage tests applicable to the Class A-1R 2024 Notes, the Class A-2RR 2024 Notes, the Class B-R 2024 Notes and the Class C-R 2024 Notes, with respect to the 2024 Issuer.

The first such test compares the amount of interest received on the portfolio loans held by the applicable Securitization Issuer to the amount of interest payable in respect of the applicable class of notes. To meet this first test, in the case of the 2024 Debt Securitization, interest received on the portfolio loans must equal at least 120% of the interest payable in respect of the Class A-1R 2024 Notes, Class A-2RR 2024 Notes and Class B-R 2024 Notes, taken together, and at least 110% of the interest payable in respect of the Class C-R 2024 Notes.

The second such test compares the principal amount of the portfolio loans of the applicable Debt Securitization to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable class of notes. To meet this second test at any time in the case of the GBDC 4 2024 Debt Securitization, the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio loans must equal at least 133.9% of the Class A-1R, Class A-2RR Notes and Class B-R Notes taken together, and at least 122.7% of the Class C-R Notes.

If any asset coverage test with respect to a class of notes is not met, proceeds from the portfolio of loan investments that otherwise would have been distributed to the holders of the notes and membership interests that we hold will

---

instead be used to redeem first the most senior class of notes in such Debt Securitization and then each next most senior class of notes, to the extent necessary to satisfy the applicable asset coverage tests on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments made in respect of the notes, which we refer to as a mandatory redemption, or to obtain the necessary ratings confirmation.

The value of the Class B-R GBDC 4 2024 Notes and Class C-R GBDC 4 2024 Notes could be adversely affected by a mandatory redemption because such redemption could result in the applicable notes being redeemed at par at a time when they are trading in the secondary market at a premium to their stated principal amount and when other investments bearing the same rate of interest could be difficult or expensive to acquire. A mandatory redemption could also result in a shorter investment duration than a holder of such notes could have wanted or anticipated, which could, in turn, result in such a holder incurring breakage costs on related hedging transactions.

We could be required to assume liabilities of a Securitization Issuer and are indirectly liable for certain representations and warranties in connection with each Debt Securitization.

The structure of each Debt Securitization is intended to prevent, in the event of our bankruptcy or the bankruptcy of a CLO Depositor, if applicable, the consolidation of the applicable Securitization Issuer with our operations or with the applicable CLO Depositor. If the true sale of the assets in each Debt Securitization were not respected in the event of our insolvency, a trustee or debtor-in-possession might reclaim the assets of the applicable Securitization Issuer for our estate. However, in doing so, we would become directly liable for all of the indebtedness then outstanding under the applicable Debt Securitization, which would equal the full amount of debt of the applicable Securitization Issuer reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we cannot assure you that the recovery in the event we were consolidated with a Securitization Issuer for purposes of any bankruptcy proceeding would exceed the amount to which we would otherwise be entitled as the holder of the notes issued by such Securitization Issuer and retained by us had we not been consolidated with the applicable Securitization Issuer.

In addition, in connection with each of the Debt Securitizations, we indirectly gave the lenders certain customary representations with respect to the legal structure of the respective Securitization Issuer, and the quality of the assets transferred to each entity. We remain indirectly liable for any breach of such representations for the life of the applicable Debt Securitization.

Certain Securitization Issuers could issue additional Notes.

Under the terms of the documents governing the Debt Securitizations, the applicable Securitization Issuer could issue additional notes and use the net proceeds of such issuance to purchase additional portfolio loans. Any such additional issuance, however, would require the consent of the collateral manager to the 2024 Debt Securitization, the BDC CLO 8 Depositor and a supermajority of the Subordinated 2024 Notes, as applicable.

Among the other conditions that must be satisfied in connection with an additional issuance of notes, the aggregate principal amount of all additional issuances of notes may not exceed 100% of the respective original outstanding principal amount of such class of notes; the applicable Securitization Issuer must notify each rating agency of such issuance prior to the issuance date; and the terms of the notes to be issued must be identical to the terms of previously issued notes of the same class (except that all monies due on such additional notes will accrue from the issue date of such notes and that the spread over the applicable base rate and prices of such notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial notes, provided that the interest rate on such additional notes must not exceed the interest rate applicable to the initial class of such notes). We do not expect to cause the 2024 Issuer to issue any additional notes at this time. We could amend the documents governing the Debt Securitization from time to time, and without amendment, the 2024 Debt Securitization documents do not provide for additional issuances of Class A 2024 Notes. The total purchase price for any additional notes that could be issued may not always equal 100% of the par value of such notes, depending on several factors, including fees and closing expenses.

We are subject to risks associated with any Revolving Credit Facility that utilizes a Funding Subsidiary as our interests in any Funding Subsidiary are subordinated and we could be prevented from receiving cash on our equity interests from a Funding Subsidiary.

We own directly or indirectly 100% of the equity interests in each of our Funding Subsidiaries. We consolidate the financial statements of our Funding Subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements and treat the indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facilities as our leverage. Our interests in our Funding Subsidiaries are subordinated in

---

priority of payment to every other obligation of such Funding Subsidiary and are subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in each Revolving Credit Facility.

We receive cash from a Funding Subsidiary only to the extent that we receive distributions on our equity interests in such Funding Subsidiary. Each Funding Subsidiary could make distributions on its equity interests only to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of the applicable Revolving Credit Facility. Each of the Revolving Credit Facilities generally provides that payments on the respective interests could not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing to the lenders and other secured parties are paid in full. In addition, if a Funding Subsidiary does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the documents of the applicable Revolving Credit Facility, a default would occur. In the event of a default under a Revolving Credit Facility document, cash would be diverted from us to pay the applicable lender and other secured parties in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied. In the event that we fail to receive cash from our Funding Subsidiaries, we could be unable to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all. We also could be forced to sell investments in portfolio companies at less than their fair value in order to continue making such distributions. We cannot assure you that distributions on the assets held by our Funding Subsidiaries will be sufficient to make any distributions to us or that such distributions will meet our expectations.

Our equity interests in each Funding Subsidiary rank behind all of the secured and unsecured creditors, known or unknown, of such Funding Subsidiary, including the lenders in the respective Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, to the extent that the value of a Funding Subsidiary’s portfolio of loan investments has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayment or changes in interest rates, the returns on our investments in such Funding Subsidiary could be reduced. Accordingly, our investments in each of our Funding Subsidiaries could be subject to up to 100% loss.

The ability to sell investments held by our Funding Subsidiaries is limited.

Each of the Revolving Credit Facilities place significant restrictions on our ability, as servicer, to sell investments. As a result, there could be times or circumstances during which we would be unable to sell investments or take other actions that could be in our best interests.

We can enter into repurchase agreements, which are another form of leverage.

We can enter, and have in the past entered, into repurchase agreements as part of our management of our investment portfolio. Under a repurchase agreement, we will effectively pledge our assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan where the counterparty acquires securities we hold as collateral subject to our obligation to repurchase and its obligation to resell the securities at an agreed upon time and price. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the fair value of the pledged collateral. At the maturity of the repurchase agreement, we will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back our collateral. While used as collateral, the assets continue to pay principal and interest which are for our benefit.

Our use of repurchase agreements, if any, involves many of the same risks involved in our use of leverage, as the proceeds from repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the repurchase agreement could decline below the price of the securities that we have sold but remain obligated to purchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by us could decline. If a buyer of securities under a repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experience insolvency, we could be adversely affected. Also, in entering into repurchase agreements, we would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of such agreements at settlement are less than the fair value of the underlying securities being pledged. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with repurchase agreements, our net asset value would decline, and, in some cases, we could be worse off than if we had not used such agreements.

Adverse developments in the credit markets can impair our ability to enter into new debt financing arrangements.

During the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited routine refinancing and loan modification transactions and even reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. To the extent these circumstances arise again in the future, it could be difficult for us to finance the growth of our investments on acceptable economic terms, or at all and one or more of our leverage facilities could be accelerated by the lenders.

---

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties could have a material adverse effect on us, GC Advisors and our portfolio companies.

Cash not held in custody accounts and held by us, GC Advisors and by our portfolio companies in non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing operating accounts could, at times, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. If such banking institutions were to fail, we, GC Advisors, or our portfolio companies could lose all or a portion of those amounts held in excess of such insurance limits. In addition, actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and could in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems, which could adversely affect our, GC Advisors’ and our portfolio companies’ business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects.

Although we and GC Advisors assess our and our portfolio companies’ banking and financing relationships as we believe necessary or appropriate, our and our portfolio companies’ access to funding sources and other credit arrangements in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize current and projected future business operations could be significantly impaired by factors that affect the financial institutions with which we, GC Advisors or our portfolio companies have arrangements directly or the financial services industry or economy in general. These factors could include, among others, events such as liquidity constraints or failures, the ability to perform obligations under various types of financial, credit or liquidity agreements or arrangements, disruptions or instability in the financial services industry or financial markets, or concerns or negative expectations about the prospects for companies in the financial services industry. These factors could involve financial institutions or financial services industry companies with which we, GC Advisors or our portfolio companies have financial or business relationships, but could also include factors involving financial markets or the financial services industry generally.

In addition, investor concerns regarding the U.S. or international financial systems could result in less favorable commercial financing terms, including higher interest rates or costs and tighter financial and operating covenants, or systemic limitations on access to credit and liquidity sources, thereby making it more difficult for us, GC Advisors, or our portfolio companies to acquire financing on acceptable terms or at all.

Our ability to invest in public companies is limited in certain circumstances. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a business development company or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy and decrease our operating flexibility.

To maintain our status as a business development company, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and investments in distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange could be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a common equity market capitalization that is less than $250.0 million at the time of such investment.

See “Business — Regulation — Qualifying Assets.”

We could be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we could be forced to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a business development company, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

---

The majority of our portfolio investments are valued using the investment’s fair value, as determined in good faith by the Valuation Designee, subject to oversight by the Board and, as a result, there could be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined pursuant to policies adopted by, and subject to the oversight of, the Board. The majority of our portfolio investments take the form of securities that are not publicly-traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly-traded is often not readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by the Valuation Designee, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. As discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies,” a substantial portion of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement , as amended, or ASC Topic 820. This means that most of our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our Valuation Designee’s assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation, the level of which could increase or decrease during periods of volatility or uncertainty. See “— Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure – We are currently in a period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty .” Even if observable market data are available, such information could be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which could include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information.

Our Valuation Designee has retained the services of several independent service providers to review the valuation of these securities. At least every other quarter the valuation for each non- de minimis portfolio investment in accordance with our valuation policies, including for those that do not have a readily available market quotation or are not valued via a third-party pricing service or other quote. The types of factors that our Valuation Designee could take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly-traded securities, including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, covenants, call protection rights, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, could fluctuate over short periods of time and could be based on estimates, our Valuation Designee’s determinations of fair value could differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be adversely affected if our Valuation Designee’s determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our Valuation Designee’s determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

Government intervention in the credit markets could adversely affect our business.

Central banks and, in particular, the U.S. Federal Reserve, took unprecedented steps during the financial crises of 2008-2009 and the beginning of the COVID-19 global pandemic to influence credit markets. It is impossible to predict if, how, and to what extent the United States and other governments would intervene in the credit markets during any future event. Such intervention is often prompted by politically sensitive issues involving, for example, family homes, student loans, real estate speculation, credit card receivables, and pandemics, and could, as a result, be contrary to what we would predict from an “economically rational” perspective.

On the other hand, recent governmental intervention could mean that the willingness or ability of governmental bodies to take additional extraordinary action is diminished. As a result, in the event of near-term major market disruptions, there might be only limited additional government intervention, resulting in correspondingly greater market dislocation and materially greater market risk.

---

The Board could change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

The Board has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive our investment objective and certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we cannot change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. Under Delaware law, we also cannot be dissolved without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current investment objective, operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions.

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that are intended to discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also could have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. If our board of directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL could discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

We have also adopted measures that could make it difficult for a third-party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, in certain instances. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our securityholders.

GC Advisors can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

GC Advisors has the right to resign under the Investment Advisory Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If GC Advisors resigns, we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our common stock could decline.

In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective and portfolio could result in additional costs and time delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Administrator resigns, we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly,

---

our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our common stock could decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by the Administrator. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective and portfolio could result in additional costs and time delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business could be unable to realize the benefits anticipated by the GBDC 3 Merger, including estimated cost savings, or it could take longer than anticipated to achieve such benefits.

The realization of certain benefits anticipated as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger will depend in part on the integration of GBDC 3’s investment portfolio with ours and the integration of GBDC 3’s business with our business. There can be no assurance that GBDC 3’s investment portfolio can be integrated successfully into our operations in a timely fashion or at all. The dedication of management resources to such integration could detract attention from the day-to-day business of the combined company, and there can be no assurance that there will not be substantial costs associated with the transition process or that there will not be other material adverse effects as a result of these integration efforts. Such effects, including incurring unexpected costs or delays in connection with such integration and failure of GBDC 3’s investment portfolio to perform as expected, could have a material adverse effect on the financial results of the combined company.

We also expect to achieve certain cost savings from the GBDC 3 Merger when the two companies have fully integrated their portfolios. It is possible that the estimates of the potential cost savings could ultimately be incorrect. The cost savings estimates also assume that we will be able to combine the operations of the our business and GBDC 3 in a manner that permits those cost savings to be fully realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or if we are not able to combine GBDC 3’s investment portfolio or business with the operations of our business successfully, the anticipated cost savings could not be fully realized or realized at all or could take longer to realize than expected.

Risks Relating to Our Investments

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and could be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions could decrease the value of collateral securing any of our loans and the value of any equity investments. A severe recession could further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

Any deterioration of general economic conditions could lead to significant declines in corporate earnings or loan performance, and the ability of corporate borrowers to service their debt, any of which could trigger a period of global economic slowdown, and have an adverse impact on our performance and financial results, and the value and the liquidity of our investments. In an economic downturn, we could have non-performing assets or an increase in non-performing assets, and we would anticipate that the value of our portfolio would decrease during these periods. Failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by lenders to a portfolio company, including us, could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of payments on such loans and foreclosure on the assets representing collateral for the portfolio company’s obligations. Cross default provisions under other agreements could be triggered and thus limit the portfolio company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under any debt that we hold and

---

affect the value of any equity securities we own. We would expect to incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a portfolio company following or in anticipation of a default.

Inflation could adversely affect the business, results of operations and financial condition of our portfolio companies.

Certain of our portfolio companies are in industries that could be impacted by inflation. If such portfolio companies are unable to pass any increases in their costs of operations along to their customers, it could adversely affect their operating results and impact their ability to pay interest and principal on our loans, particularly if interest rates rise in response to inflation. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future realized or unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations.

Our debt investments are risky and we could lose all or part of our investments.

The debt that we invest in is typically not initially rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services), which under the guidelines established by these entities is an indication of having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Bonds that are rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “high yield bonds” or “junk bonds.” Therefore, our investments could result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal.

Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment. Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks.

Leveraged companies in which we invest could have limited financial resources and could be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold. These companies could be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and their leverage could impair their ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities could be limited. Such developments could be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we could have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also could have less predictable operating results and could require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we rely on the ability of GC Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If GC Advisors is unable to uncover all material information about these companies, it would not be able to make a fully informed investment decision and we could lose money on our investments. Compared to larger companies, middle-market companies typically have shorter operating histories, more limited financial resources and ability to meet their debt obligations, newer technologies and/or products, smaller market shares, less experienced management teams, less predictable operating results and increased exposure to litigation in the ordinary course of business and often participate in quickly evolving markets, and are more reliant on a small number of products, managers or clients. Middle-market companies could also require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position and could have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which could limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity. In addition, the middle-market companies in which we invest could be subject to governmental and non-governmental regulations, including by federal and state regulators and various self-regulatory organizations and the costs of complying with these laws and regulations could be more material to the company as compared to a larger company. If a company in which we directly or indirectly invest fails to comply with an applicable regulatory regime, it could be subject to fines, injunctions, operating restrictions or criminal prosecution, any of which could materially and adversely affect the value of our investment. We will not control a portfolio company’s management or the manner in which a company’s management addresses the company’s risks except in the event that a portfolio company defaults on its loan from us and we seek to enforce our security interest. In addition, middle-market

---

companies often require additional financing to expand or maintain their competitive position, and they could have a more difficult time obtaining additional capital than larger companies.

An important concern in making investments is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the portfolio company. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness can adversely affect, among other things, the valuation of collateral, other debt obligations, our ability to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing a loan or other debt obligation, the financial condition of the issuer, or the business prospects of the issuer. We will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by portfolio companies to the extent reasonable. However, there can be no guarantee that such representations are accurate or complete.

If the issuer of securities purchased by us does not perform to GC Advisors’ expectations, the value of its equity and debt securities would likely decline and the issuer could default on its obligations. Poor performance can be caused by a number of factors, including failures of management, competitive pressures, pressure by customers and suppliers, labor unrest, tariffs or other legal and regulatory changes, or force majeure events. While GC Advisors intends to invest in portfolio companies in industries that it believes are resistant to recessions, there can be no assurance that such portfolio companies will not be adversely affected by recessions or other market or economic conditions.

The value of our investments in loans will likely be detrimentally affected to the extent a borrower defaults on its obligations, there is insufficient collateral, and/or there are extensive legal and other costs incurred in collecting on a defaulted loan. GC Advisors will attempt to minimize this risk, for example, by maintaining low loan-to-liquidation values with each loan and the collateral underlying the loan. However, there can be no assurance that the liquidation value assigned by GC Advisors would be realized by the portfolio company upon liquidation, nor can there be any assurance that such collateral will retain its value. In addition, certain of our loans will be supported, in whole or in part, by personal guarantees made by the borrower or an affiliate of the borrower. If such guarantee is called and the guarantor fails to meet its obligations under the guarantee, the amount realizable with respect to a loan will generally be detrimentally affected. There could be a monetary as well as a time cost involved in collecting on defaulted loans and, if applicable, taking possession of various types of collateral. In addition, any activity deemed to be active lending/origination by us could subject it to additional regulation.

Any investment in an issuer carries the risk that the issuer will make a material misrepresentation or omission in connection with the investment. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness could adversely affect, among other things, the valuation of collateral underlying loans or other debt obligations, our ability to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing a loan or other debt obligation, the financial condition of the issuer or the business prospects of the issuer. We, as well as subsidiaries through which we may obtain indirect leveraged exposure to the underlying obligors or issuers of underlying loans, will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by the underlying obligors or issuers to the extent reasonable. However, there can be no guarantee that these representations are accurate or complete.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including, but not limited to, the lack of available information about these companies.

We invest primarily in privately held companies. Because private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, such companies could have diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. Often, the depth and breadth of experience of management in private companies tends to be less than that at public companies, which makes such companies more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a smaller group of persons and/or persons with less depth and breadth of experience. Therefore, the decisions made by such management teams and/or the departure of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the portfolio company and, as a result our investments.

We would be subject to risks if we are required to assume operation of portfolio companies upon default.

We, together with other funds managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates, would be expected to take over a portfolio company if the company defaults on its loans. Depending on factors including the health of the economy, the credit cycle, and the portfolio companies’ various industries, it is reasonable to assume that portfolio companies will default over time, and this risk is significantly increased by economic and political instability and high rates of inflation. In such circumstances, we and the other funds would likely seek to enforce our rights under the applicable credit documentation and could opt to take over such portfolio companies. When a portfolio company is taken over, we and the other funds and their investors are subject to different risks than we are as holders of interests in loans to such portfolio company. Operating a portfolio company, even for a limited period of time, could distract senior

---

personnel of GC Advisors and its affiliates from their normal business activities. Additionally, defaulting portfolio companies often require additional capital to be effectively turned around. There is no guarantee that any defaulting portfolio company can be turned around or that our investments in such portfolio company will be successful. Finally, operating a portfolio company could subject us to potential liabilities, including management, employment, pension plan underfunding and environmental liabilities

The lack of liquidity in our investments could adversely affect our business.

The debt to which we are primarily exposed is expected to consist predominantly of loans and notes that are obligations of corporations, partnerships or other entities. This debt often has no, or only a limited, trading market. The investment in illiquid debt will often restrict our ability to dispose of investments in a timely fashion, for a fair price, or at all. If an underlying issuer of debt experiences an adverse event, this illiquidity would make it more difficult for us to sell such debt, and we could instead be required to pursue a workout or alternate way out of the position. To the extent debt in a portfolio company is also held by other third-party investors, we would generally have limited control over a workout or alternate means of disposition. When this occurs, the persons having such control could have, and act in accordance with, interests that are not aligned with ours. We would likely also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, GC Advisors, Golub Capital or any of its affiliates have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets could adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. The fair value methodology utilized is in accordance with the fair value principles established by the ASC Topic 820. Our board of directors uses the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of our illiquid investments. Valuations reflect significant events that affect the value of the instruments. As part of the valuation process, we could take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

• available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables;

• applicable market yields and multiples;

• security covenants;

• call protection provisions;

• information rights;

• the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

• the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business;

• comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public;

• comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and

• the principal market and enterprise values.

The fair value measurement seeks to approximate the price that would be received for an investment on a current sale and assumes that the transaction to sell an asset occurs in the principal market for such asset or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for such asset, which could be a hypothetical market, and excludes transaction costs. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets could result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio could reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and could suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Because orderly markets currently do not exist for some investments, and because valuations, and particularly valuations of private investments and private companies,

---

require judgment, are inherently uncertain, could fluctuate over short periods and are often based on estimates, our determinations of the fair value of investments could differ materially from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments.

Our portfolio companies could prepay loans, which could reduce our yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

The loans in our investment portfolio could be prepaid at any time, generally with little advance notice. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change, we do not know when, and if, prepayment could be possible for each portfolio company. Certain fixed-income securities are subject to the risk of unanticipated prepayment. Prepayment risk is the risk that, when interest rates fall, the issuer will redeem the security prior to the security’s expected maturity. It is possible that we will reinvest the proceeds from such a redemption at a lower interest rate, resulting in less income to us. Securities subject to prepayment risk generally offer less potential for gains when prevailing interest rates fall. If we buy those securities at a premium, accelerated prepayments on those securities could cause us to lose a portion of its principal investment. The impact of prepayments on the price of a security can be difficult to predict and could increase the security’s price volatility.

Efforts by the U.S. Federal Reserve to lower inflation by raising its interest rates could end in the coming year, leading to lower interest rates in the credit markets. Lower interest rates will increase prepayment risk for our clients’ investments in assets with higher interest rates.

We are subject to risks to the extent we invest in covenant-lite loans.

We invest in loans that are issued pursuant to credit agreements. The variety of terms within credit agreements can create additional risks to the underlying investment and therefore, to our overall performance. For example, loans that are issued pursuant to “covenant-lite” terms do not contain as many terms that could be considered protective to the lender, such as maintenance or financial covenants and terms that allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. Ownership of such loans could expose us to additional risks, including with respect to liquidity, ability to restructure loans, and credit risks, compared to loans that contain financial maintenance requirements and other covenants. In the event of default, covenant-lite loans could result in diminished recovery values where the lender did not have the opportunity to negotiate with the borrower or restructure the loan prior to default.

We are subject to credit and default risk and our portfolio companies could be unable to repay or refinance outstanding principal on their loans at or prior to maturity.

Credit risk refers to the likelihood that a borrower will default in the payment of principal and/or interest. Financial strength and solvency of a borrower are the primary factors influencing credit risk. Lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument could also affect its credit risk. Credit risk can change over the life of a loan, and securities and other debt instruments that are rated by rating agencies can be downgraded. This risk and the risk of default is increased to the extent that the loan documents do not require the portfolio companies to pay down the outstanding principal of such debt prior to maturity, which is expected to be a common feature among many of our loan investments. Investments with a deferred interest feature, such as original issue discount income and PIK interest, could represent a higher credit risk than investments that must pay interest in full in cash on a regular basis.

A significant downturn in the economy or a particular economic sector could have a significant impact on the business prospects of the portfolio companies to which we are exposed, whether directly or indirectly. Such developments could adversely affect the ability of such companies to comply with their loan repayment obligations. It is possible that the issuer of a note or other instrument in which we invest could default on its debts, in which case we could lose most or all of our investment in that instrument, subjecting us to significant loss. The risk and magnitude of losses associated with defaults could be increased where the instrument is leveraged.

We have not yet identified the portfolio company investments we will acquire and we could have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.

While we currently hold a portfolio of investments, we have not yet identified additional potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire with the proceeds of any offering of securities or repayments of investments currently in our portfolio. Privately negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities or private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will

---

achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will not be able to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our securities. Additionally, GC Advisors selects all of our investments, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our securities. We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of any sale of our securities within approximately six months following the completion of any sale of our securities, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. To the extent we are unable to deploy all the net proceeds from the sale of our securities, we could repay outstanding indebtedness or also invest the net proceeds in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of our targeted investment types. As a result, any distributions we make during this period could be substantially smaller than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and we are therefore not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that could be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we could invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our NAV could fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We could also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond our asset diversification requirements as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies. Although we are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, we maintain the flexibility to operate as a diversified investment company and could do so for an extended period of time.

Our portfolio could be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

It is possible that our portfolio could be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. As a result, our interests could be impaired by the concentration of our investments in any one obligor or obligors in a particular industry or geographic location in the event that such obligor, industry or geographic location were to experience adverse business conditions or other adverse events, including as a result of the effects of a global health pandemic, changes in tariff policies, or during periods of elevated inflation and rising interest rates. In addition, defaults could be highly correlated with particular obligors, industries or geographic locations. If loans involving a particular obligor, industry or geographic location represent more than a small proportion of our portfolio, and that obligor, industry or geographic location were to experience difficulties that would affect payments on the loans, the overall timing and amount of collections on the loans held by us could differ from what was expected.

We could hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that could, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies could experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress, and the risk of these events would be expected to be significantly increased by economic and political instability and high rates of inflation and changes in tariff policies. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are products of contested matters and adversarial proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer could have adverse and permanent effects on the issuer. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer will not necessarily equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. A bankruptcy or other workout, often raises conflicts of interest (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants), including between investors who hold different types of interests in the applicable company. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs of a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and are paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of investments or other obligations we own could be reduced by increases in the number and monetary value of claims in the same

---

class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) can be substantial.

Depending on the facts and circumstances of our investments and the extent of our involvement in the management of a portfolio company, upon the bankruptcy of a portfolio company, a bankruptcy court could recharacterize our debt investments as equity interests and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. This could occur even though we have structured our investment as senior debt.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we could make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:

• increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;

• exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or

• preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments could, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or could result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful portfolio company. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we could elect not to make a follow-on investment because we do not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because of regulatory or other considerations. Our ability to make follow-on investments could also be limited by GC Advisors’ allocation policy.

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we generally will not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

To the extent we do not hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company makes business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company could take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and could therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Our portfolio companies could incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies and such portfolio companies could fail to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We have invested and intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies, and we could have exposure to a variety of debt that captures particular layers of a borrower’s credit structure, such as “last out” or “second lien” debt, or other subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the borrower in right of payment, including first loss interests that bear substantial risk. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of loss than senior obligations where there are adverse changes to the financial condition of the borrower or a decline in general economic conditions. Subordinated investments could expose us to particular risks in a distress scenario, including the risk that creditors are not aligned. Holders of subordinated investments generally have less ability to affect the results of a distressed scenario than holders of more senior investments. Additionally, lenders to companies operating in workout modes are, in certain circumstances, subject to potential liabilities that could exceed the amount of such loan purchased by us.

We have made in the past, and could make in the future, unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on a portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and could secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such

---

collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all loans secured by collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we could have with respect to the collateral securing any junior priority loans we make to our portfolio companies could also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that could be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

• the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

• the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;

• the approval of amendments to collateral documents;

• releases of liens on the collateral; and

• waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We will not always have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights as junior lenders are adversely affected.

The disposition of our investments could result in contingent liabilities.

A significant portion of our investments involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we could be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We could also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements could result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of payments previously received by us.

GC Advisors’ liability is limited, and we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors against certain liabilities, which could lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and the collateral management agreements for each of our Debt Securitizations, GC Advisors does not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under those agreements, and it is not responsible for any action of the Board in following or declining to follow GC Advisors’ advice or recommendations. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, and each of the collateral management agreements GC Advisors, its officers, members, personnel and any person controlling or controlled by GC Advisors are not liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, and the collateral management agreements, except those resulting from acts constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of GC Advisors’ duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any liability or loss suffered by such party, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, and hold such party harmless for any liability or loss suffered by Golub Capital BDC arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements, except where such liability or loss was the result of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such person’s duties. These protections could lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

We could be subject to risks related to investments in non-U.S. companies.

We have invested and continue to make investments in issuers located outside the United States. Investments in issuers located outside the United States that are generally denominated in non-U.S. currencies involve both risks and opportunities not typically associated with investing in securities of United States companies. The legal and

---

regulatory environments often have material differences, particularly as to bankruptcy and reorganization. Other considerations include changes in exchange rates and exchange control regulations, political and social instability, general economic conditions, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, foreign government restrictions, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, greater risks associated with counterparties and settlement, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. Among the factors that could affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We could employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure you that such strategies will be effective or without risk to us. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies are not “qualifying assets” under the 1940 Act, and we could invest in non-U.S. companies, including emerging markets issuers, to the limited extent such investments are permitted under the 1940 Act.

We could be subject to risks if we engage in hedging transactions and could become subject to risks if we invest in foreign securities.

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company is restricted from acquiring any asset other than assets of the type listed in the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. In order for our investments to be classified as “qualifying assets,” among other requirements, such investments must be in issuers organized under the laws of, and which have their principal place of business in, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands or any other possession of the United States.

We can invest in non-U.S. companies, including emerging market issuers, to the limited extent such investments are permitted under the 1940 Act. We expect that these investments would focus on the same types of investments that we make in U.S. middle-market companies and accordingly would be complementary to our overall strategy and enhance the diversity of our holdings. Investing in securities of emerging market issuers involves many risks including economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions in the emerging market, potential inflationary economic environments, regulation by foreign governments, different accounting standards and political uncertainties. Economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions also could negatively affect the value of emerging market companies. These factors could include changes in the emerging market government’s economic and fiscal policies, the possible imposition of, or changes in, currency exchange laws or other laws or restrictions applicable to the emerging market companies or investments in their securities and the possibility of fluctuations in the rate of exchange between currencies. Any of our portfolio company investments that are denominated in foreign currencies will be subject to the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which fluctuations could adversely affect our performance.

We have and could, in the future, enter into hedging transactions to the limited extent such transactions are permitted under the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. Engaging in hedging transactions or investing in foreign securities would entail additional risks to our stockholders. We could, for example, use instruments such as interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors and, if we were to invest in foreign securities, we could use instruments such as forward contracts or currency options in currencies selected to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. We could also, for example, borrow under a credit facility in currencies selected to minimize our foreign currency exposure. Use of these hedging instruments could include counterparty credit risk. In each such case, we generally would seek to hedge against fluctuations of the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in market interest rates or currency exchange rates. While hedging transactions can reduce such risks, they generally will not be designed to prevent all loss from our position. There also could be barriers that prevent us from entering into certain hedging transactions. These barriers will not necessarily impact other investment funds managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Hedging transactions could result in a lower overall performance for us than if it had not entered into hedging transactions and generally introduces new risks, such as counterparty risk and greater illiquidity. In addition, we are permitted to borrow funds in one or more foreign currencies as a form of protection against currency risk. The use of such financing could create new risks not traditionally associated with credit facilities or other forms of leverage. Conversely, to the extent that we do not enter into hedging transactions, borrower defaults and fluctuations in currency exchange rates or interest rates could result in poorer overall performance for us than if it had entered into such hedging transactions.

---

The success of any hedging transactions that we enter into will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currency and interest rates. Therefore, while we could enter into hedging transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates could result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged could vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we would not necessarily seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation could prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it is often not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities would likely fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. Our ability to engage in hedging transactions could also be limited under the Code as well as adversely affected by rules adopted by the CFTC.

We could suffer losses from our equity investments.

While our investment portfolio will be focused on loans, we are also permitted to invest in equity securities. Such investments are expected to represent minority ownership in the issuer and are subordinate to the claims of the issuer’s creditors and, to the extent such securities are common securities, to preferred equity holders. The value of equity securities is dependent on the performance of the issuer and can fluctuate based on the issuer’s financial performance, market conditions, and overall economic conditions. Dividends paid to equity holders could be suspended or cancelled at any time, and minority owners could have limited protections. We also could be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell our underlying equity interests. In addition, if an issuer of equity securities in which we have invested sells additional shares of its equity securities, our interest in the issuer will be diluted and the value of our investment could decrease. For the foregoing reasons, investments in equity securities can be highly speculative and carry a substantial risk of loss of investment. Investments in equity securities can carry additional risks or have other characteristics that require different structuring. As such, these investments can be made directly, or indirectly through blocker entities or otherwise.

We could be subject to lender liability claims with respect to our portfolio company investments.

A number of judicial decisions have upheld judgments for borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing or a similar duty owed to the borrower, or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. We could be required to defend allegations of lender liability from time to time.

Loans to companies operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code are, in certain circumstances, subject to certain potential liabilities that could exceed the amount of such loan purchased by us. Under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (i) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, (ii) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (iii) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (iv) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, a court could elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.” Because of the nature of these loans, they could be subject to claims of subordination.

Risks Relating to Investors in Our Securities

Investing in our securities could involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective could result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies involve higher levels of risk, and therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with a lower risk tolerance.

---

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, often trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, could trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and business development companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share could decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value.

There is a risk that investors in our equity securities will not receive distributions or that our distributions will not grow over time and a portion of our distributions could be a return of capital.

We have made, and expect to make, regular distributions and from time to time variable special and supplemental distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions could be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as any amendments reflected in subsequent filings with the SEC. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we could be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, all distributions are and will be paid at the discretion of the Board and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable business development company regulations and such other factors as the Board could deem relevant from time to time. If we declare a distribution and if more stockholders opt to receive cash distributions rather than participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, we could be forced to sell some of our investments in order to make cash distribution payments. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we could also pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of private placements of our common stock or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of stockholders’ capital. To the extent we make distributions to stockholders that include a return of capital, such portion of the distribution essentially constitutes a return of the stockholder’s investment. Although such return of capital is generally not currently taxable, such distributions would generally decrease a stockholder’s basis in our common stock and could therefore increase such stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon the future sale or other disposition of such common stock. A return of capital distribution could cause a stockholder to recognize a capital gain from the sale of our common stock even if the stockholder sells its shares for less than the original purchase price. Distributions from the proceeds of offerings of our common stock or from borrowings could also reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our portfolio companies. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time and are not guaranteed.

We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we can use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from private placements of our common stock, to fund distributions (which could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets).

Any distributions made from sources other than cash flow from operations or relying on fee or expense reimbursement waivers, if any, from GC Advisors or the Administrator are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or GC Advisors or the Administrator continues to make such expense reimbursements, if any. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our DRIP, how quickly we invest the proceeds from any offerings of our securities and the performance of our investments. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain any level of distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all. GC Advisors and the Administrator have no obligation to waive fees or receipt of expense reimbursements, if any.

The market price of our common stock after the GBDC 3 Merger could be affected by factors different from those affecting our common stock before the GBDC 3 Merger.

Our business and GBDC 3's differ in some respects and, accordingly, the results of operations of the combined company and the market price of our common stock could be affected by factors different from those before the GBDC 3 Merger occurred. These factors include a larger stockholder base and a different capital structure. Accordingly, the historical trading prices and financial results of our business may not be indicative of these matters for the combined company.

---

The market price of our securities could fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our securities could be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

• significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of the companies;

• changes in regulatory policies, accounting pronouncements or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs and business development companies;

• loss of our qualification as a RIC or business development company;

• changes in market interest rates and decline in the prices of debt,

• changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

• changes in the value of our portfolio investments;

• changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

• any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

• departure of GC Advisors’ or any of its affiliates’ key personnel;

• operating performance of companies comparable to us;

• general economic trends and other external factors; and

• loss of a major funding source.

The Unsecured Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have incurred or could incur in the future.

The Unsecured Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Unsecured Notes are effectively subordinated, or junior, to any secured indebtedness or other obligations we or our subsidiaries have outstanding as of the date of issuance of the Unsecured Notes or that we or our subsidiaries could incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured in respect of which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. A substantial portion of our assets are currently pledged as collateral under the Debt Securitizations and Revolving Credit Facilities. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries could assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets could be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Unsecured Notes. As of September 30, 2025, we had an aggregate of approximately $2.5 billion of outstanding borrowings under the Debt Securitizations and the Revolving Credit Facilities, all of which are secured and thus effectively senior to the Unsecured Notes.

The Unsecured Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our

subsidiaries.

The Unsecured Notes are obligations exclusively of Golub Capital BDC, Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Unsecured Notes and the Unsecured Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we could acquire or create in the future. The assets of such subsidiaries are not directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Unsecured Notes.

Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Unsecured Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Unsecured Notes are structurally subordinated, or junior, to the Debt Securitizations, the Revolving Credit Facilities

---

and other liabilities (including trade payables) incurred by any of our existing or future subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities. All of the existing indebtedness of our subsidiaries is structurally senior to the Unsecured Notes.

In addition, our subsidiaries and any additional subsidiaries that we could form could incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Unsecured Notes.

The indenture governing the Unsecured Notes contains limited protection for holders of the Unsecured Notes.

The indenture governing the Unsecured Notes offers limited protection to holders of the Unsecured Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Unsecured Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have a material adverse impact on an investment in the Unsecured Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Unsecured Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

• issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be pari-passu, or equal, in right of payment to the Unsecured Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Unsecured Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, (3) indebtedness or other obligations of ours that are guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore are structurally senior to the Unsecured Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or other obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Unsecured Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligations that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act as modified by Section 61(a)(1) and (2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, as such obligations could be amended or superseded, giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from incurring additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such borrowings;

• pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Unsecured Notes;

• sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

• make investments; or

• create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Unsecured Notes do not protect holders of the Unsecured Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity other than certain events of default under the indenture governing the Unsecured Notes.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions are not limited by the terms of the Unsecured Notes and could have important consequences for holders of the Unsecured Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Unsecured Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Unsecured Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the indenture and the Unsecured Notes. In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Unsecured Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Unsecured Notes.

---

If an active trading market for the Unsecured Notes does not develop, holders could be unable to resell them.

The Unsecured Notes could or could not have an active trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of any of the Unsecured Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of any of the Unsecured Notes on any automated dealer quotation system. If no active trading market develops, holders could be unable to resell the Unsecured Notes at their fair market value or at all. If the Unsecured Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they could trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. Any market-making activity will be subject to limits imposed by law. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for any of the Unsecured Notes, that holders will be able to sell the Unsecured Notes at a particular time or that the price received when sold will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Unsecured Notes could be harmed. Accordingly, holders could be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Unsecured Notes for an indefinite period of time.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we could be unable to make payments on the Unsecured Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including the Debt Securitizations, the Revolving Credit Facilities or other indebtedness to which we are a party that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Unsecured Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Unsecured Notes.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required

payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facilities or other debt we could incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

If our operating performance declines, we could in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Revolving Credit Facilities or the required holders of the Debt Securitizations or other debt that we could incur in the future, to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the Debt Securitizations, the Revolving Credit Facilities or other debt and seek a waiver, we could not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders. If this occurs, we would be in default and our lenders or debt holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

If we are unable to repay debt, lenders or holders having secured obligations, including the lenders and holders under the Debt Securitizations and the Revolving Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Revolving Credit Facilities have, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness thereunder or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we could be unable to repay or finance the amounts due. In the event holders of any debt securities we have outstanding exercise their rights to accelerate following a cross-default, those holders would be entitled to receive the principal amount of their investment, subject to any subordination arrangements that could be in place. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient liquidity to be able to repay such amounts, in which case we would be in default under the accelerated debt and holders would have the ability to sue us to recover amounts then owing.

Our current indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations under the Unsecured Notes and our other debt.

The use of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:

• making it more difficult for us to meet our payment and other obligations under the Unsecured Notes and our other outstanding indebtedness;

• resulting in an event of default if we fail to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our financing arrangements, which event of default could result in substantially all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable;

---

• reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;

• subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our indebtedness with variable interest rates, including borrowings under our financing arrangements; and

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to, changes in our business, the industry in which we operate and the general economy.

Any of the above-listed factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations under the Unsecured Notes and our other debt. Our ability to meet our payment and other obligations under our financing arrangements depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our financing arrangements or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations under the Unsecured Notes and our other debt and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we could need to refinance or restructure our debt, including the Unsecured Notes, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we could be unable to meet our payment obligations under the Unsecured Notes and our other debt.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or to any of the Unsecured Notes, if any, or change in the debt markets, could cause the liquidity or market value of any of the Unsecured Notes to decline significantly.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Unsecured Notes or other debt securities we could issue. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Unsecured Notes. Credit ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and could be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion. Neither we nor any underwriter undertakes any obligation to maintain our credit ratings or to advise holders of the Unsecured Notes of any changes in our credit ratings.

An increase in market interest rates could result in a decrease in the market value of the Unsecured Notes.

The condition of the financial markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future, which could have an adverse effect on the market prices of the Unsecured Notes. In general, as market interest rates rise, debt securities bearing interest at fixed rates of interest decline in value. Consequently, if market interest rates increase, the market values of the Unsecured Notes with fixed interest rates could decline. We cannot predict the future level of market interest rates.

The optional redemption provision could materially adversely affect the return on the Unsecured Notes.

The Unsecured Notes are redeemable in whole or in part upon certain conditions at any time or from time to time at our option. We could choose to redeem the Unsecured Notes at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the Unsecured Notes. In this circumstance, holders may be unable to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the Unsecured Notes being redeemed.

We could be unable to repurchase the Unsecured Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event.

We could be unable to repurchase the Unsecured Notes upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event (as defined in the indenture governing the Unsecured Notes) if we do not have sufficient funds. Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event, holders of the Unsecured Notes could require us to repurchase for cash some or all of the Unsecured Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date. Our failure to purchase such tendered Unsecured Notes upon the occurrence of such Change of Control Repurchase Event would cause an event of default under the indenture governing the Unsecured Notes and a cross-default under the agreements governing certain of our other indebtedness, which could result in the acceleration of such indebtedness requiring us to repay that indebtedness immediately.

---

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries in order to make payments on any debt securities that we could issue as well as to pay distributions on our common stock. Any debt securities that we issue will be structurally subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and fund a majority of our investments through wholly-owned subsidiaries, and a majority of the assets that we hold directly are the equity interests in such subsidiaries, including any subordinated notes issued as part of our debt securitization transactions, which notes represent the residual claimant on distributions by the applicable securitization subsidiary. We depend upon the cash flow from our subsidiaries and the receipt of funds from them in the form of payments on any subordinated notes, dividends, and other distributions, any of which could be subject to restriction or limitations based on the organizational documents of the subsidiaries and the agreements governing the debt of any such subsidiary. In addition, because we are a holding company, any debt securities that we issue will be structurally subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries. In the event that one of our subsidiaries becomes insolvent, liquidates, reorganizes, dissolves or otherwise winds up, its assets will be used first to satisfy the claims of its creditors. Consequently, any claim by us or our creditors, including holders of any debt securities that we could issue, against any subsidiary will be structurally subordinated to all of the claims of the creditors of such subsidiary. We cannot assure security holders that they will receive any payments required to be made under the terms of any debt securities that we could issue, dividends or other distributions.

Holders of any preferred stock that we could issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Our common stockholders’ interest in us could be diluted if they do not fully exercise subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our NAV per share, then common stockholders will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate NAV of their shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares would be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the NAV per share of our common stock, then our common stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in NAV is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and NAV per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

These dilutive effects could be exacerbated if we were to conduct multiple subscription rights offerings, particularly if such offerings were to occur over a short period of time.

Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our DRIP are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that do not participate in our DRIP will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time.

---

Our stockholders could receive shares of our common stock as dividends, which could result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Although we currently do not intend to do so, we are permitted to declare a large portion of a dividend in shares of common stock instead of cash at the election of each stockholder. Revenue Procedures issued by the IRS allow a publicly offered regulated investment company (such as us) to distribute its own stock as a dividend for the purpose of fulfilling its distribution requirements, if certain conditions are satisfied. Among other things, the aggregate amount of cash available to be distributed to all stockholders is required to be at least 10% of the total distribution, for distributions declared on or before December 31, 2022 and at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution for distributions declared on or after January 1, 2023. The IRS has also issued private letter rulings on cash/stock dividends paid by RICs and real estate investment trusts where the cash component is limited to 20% of the total distribution if certain requirements are satisfied. Stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (including the portion payable in stock) as ordinary income (or, in certain circumstances, long-term capital gain) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders could be required to pay income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. It is unclear to what extent we will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and common stock (whether pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedures, a private letter ruling or otherwise).

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

The trading market or market value of our publicly issued debt securities could fluctuate.

Any publicly issued debt securities we issue will not necessarily have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors could materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

• the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;

• the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;

• the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies;

• the general economic environment;

• the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;

• the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;

• the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and

• market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

Investors should also be aware that there could be a limited number of buyers when they decide to sell our debt securities. This too could materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption could materially adversely affect the return on any debt securities that we could issue.

If we issue debt securities that are redeemable at our option, we could choose to redeem such debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the debt securities. In addition, if our debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we could be required to redeem such debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the debt securities. In this circumstance, investors in our debt securities may be unable to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the debt securities being redeemed.

---

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of

our common stock could become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of our common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which could be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt could have different interests than holders of common stock and could at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Our stock repurchase program could affect the price of our common stock and increase volatility and could be suspended or terminated at any time, which could result in a decrease in the trading price of our common stock.

Our board of directors most recently approved our share repurchase program (the “Program”) in August 2025, under which we can repurchase up to $150 million of our outstanding common stock. Under the Program, purchases can be made at management’s discretion from time to time in open-market transactions, in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, at prices below our NAV as reported in our most recently published consolidated financial statements. We have in the past, and could in the future, enter into a plan to repurchase shares of our common stock pursuant to the Program in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

The Program is discretionary and whether purchases will be made under the Program and how much will be purchased at any time is uncertain and dependent on prevailing market prices and trading volumes, all of which we cannot predict. These activities could have the effect of maintaining the market price of our common stock or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of our common stock could be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. Repurchases pursuant to the Program could affect the price of our common stock and increase its volatility. The existence of the Program could also cause the price of our common stock to be higher than it would be in the absence of such a program and could potentially reduce the market liquidity for our common stock. There can be no assurance that any stock repurchases will enhance stockholder value because the market price of our common stock could decline below the levels at which we repurchased such shares. Any failure to repurchase shares after we have announced our intention to do so could negatively impact our reputation and investor confidence in us and could negatively impact our stock price. Although the Program is intended to enhance long-term stockholder value, short-term stock price fluctuations could reduce the Program’s effectiveness.

General Risk Factors

We are currently in a period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty.

The success of our activities is affected by general economic and market conditions, including, among others, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws, and trade barriers. These factors could affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity of our investments. Volatility or

---

illiquidity could impair our profitability or result in losses. These factors also could adversely affect the availability or cost of our leverage, which would result in lower returns.

In recent years, U.S. capital markets have experienced volatility and disruptions including as a result of certain regional bank failures, an inflationary economic environment, and tariffs and global trade negotiations. These disruptions in the capital markets have in the past and could in the future increase the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. Such disruptions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity could negatively impact us. These unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs and limit our access to the capital markets, and could result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us in the future. These events could limit our investments, our ability to grow and could negatively impact our operating results and the fair values of our debt and equity investments.

Events outside of our control, including public health crises, could negatively affect our portfolio companies, our investment adviser and the results of our operations.

Periods of market volatility could occur in response to pandemics or other events outside of our control. We, GC Advisors, and the portfolio companies in which we invest in could be affected by force majeure events (i.e., events beyond the control of the party claiming that the event has occurred, such as acts of God, fire, flood, earthquakes, outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern, war, terrorism, labor strikes, major plant breakdowns, pipeline or electricity line ruptures, failure of technology, defective design and construction, accidents, demographic changes, government macroeconomic policies, social instability, and cyberattacks etc.). Some force majeure events could adversely affect the ability of a party (including us, GC Advisors, a portfolio company or a counterparty to us, GC Advisors, or a portfolio company) to perform its obligations until it is able to remedy the force majeure event. In addition, force majeure events, such as the cessation of the operation of equipment for repair or upgrade, could similarly lead to the unavailability of essential equipment and technologies. These risks could, among other effects, adversely impact the cash flows available from a portfolio company, cause personal injury or loss of life, including to a senior manager of GC Advisors or its affiliates, damage property, or instigate disruptions of service. In addition, the cost to a portfolio company or us of repairing or replacing damaged assets resulting from such force majeure event could be considerable. It will not be possible to insure against all such events, and insurance proceeds received, if any, could be inadequate to completely or even partially cover any loss of revenues or investments, any increases in operating and maintenance expenses, or any replacements or rehabilitation of property. Certain events causing catastrophic loss could be either uninsurable, or insurable at such high rates as to adversely impact us, GC Advisors, or portfolio companies, as applicable. Force majeure events that are incapable of or are too costly to cure could have permanent adverse effects. Certain force majeure events (such as war or an outbreak of an infectious disease) could have a broader negative impact on the world economy and international business activity generally, or in any of the countries in which we invest or our portfolio companies operate specifically. Such force majeure events could result in or coincide with: increased volatility in the global securities, derivatives and currency markets; a decrease in the reliability of market prices and difficulty in valuing assets; greater fluctuations in currency exchange rates; increased risk of default (by both government and private issuers); further social, economic, and political instability; nationalization of private enterprise; greater governmental involvement in the economy or in social factors that impact the economy; government quarantine and curfew measures (including restrictions on travel or meetings); less governmental regulation and supervision of the securities markets and market participants and decreased monitoring of the markets by governments or self-regulatory organizations and reduced enforcement of regulations; limited activity by, or limitations on, the activities of investors in such markets; controls or restrictions on foreign investment, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital; inability to purchase and sell investments or otherwise settle security or derivative transactions (i.e., a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation, which can last many years and have substantial negative effects on credit and securities markets as well as the economy as a whole; recessions; and difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely impact our value and performance of our investments as well as our ability to source, manage and divest investments and achieve our investment objectives, all of which could result in material losses. In addition, our operations could be significantly impacted, or even halted, either temporarily or on a long-term basis, as a result of some of the foregoing.

Additionally, a major governmental intervention into industry, including the nationalization of an industry or the assertion of control over one or more portfolio companies or its assets, could result in a loss to us, including if the

---

investment in such portfolio companies is canceled, unwound or acquired (which could result in inadequate compensation). Any of the foregoing could therefore adversely affect the performance of us and our investments.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on any borrowings and the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the number and size of investments we originate or acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of our performance in future periods.

Political uncertainty could adversely affect our business.

U.S. and non-U.S. markets could experience political uncertainty and/or change that subject our investments to heightened risks, including the, risks related to the effect on world leaders and governments of tariffs and global trade negotiations, the wars in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, dissemination of misinformation and the use of new technologies, such as AI, and the risk of a global health pandemic. These heightened risks could include, but are not limited to: greater fluctuations in currency exchange rates; increased risk of default (by both government and private issuers); greater social, trade, economic and political instability (including the risk of widespread war or terrorist activity); greater governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and regulation of the securities markets and market participants; controls or restrictions on foreign investment, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the ability to exchange currencies; inability to purchase and sell investments or otherwise settle security or derivative transactions (i.e., a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; and slower clearance. While the current U.S. administration has signaled a reduced emphasis on regulation, past U.S. administrations supported an enhanced regulatory agenda. Changes in regulation can impose greater costs on certain sectors, including financial services, or otherwise impact the competitive environment for obligors, which could adversely impact us and our clients. During times of political uncertainty, global markets often become more volatile. There could also be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of markets while a country is experiencing political uncertainty, and the activities of investors in such markets and enforcement of existing regulations could become more limited. Markets experiencing political uncertainty could have substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Geopolitical events can cause supply chain and raw material shortages. These events can also lead to military or other conflicts or sanctions that could adversely impact obligors who are sanctioned persons, are located in a sanctioned country or a country that is involved in a conflict, or who do business with a sanctioned person or country or with a country that is involved in a conflict. Conversely, changes in enforcement priorities could impact the ability or cost of doing business in particular jurisdictions. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates typically have negative effects on countries’ economies and markets. Tax laws could change materially, and any changes in tax laws could have an unpredictable effect on us, our investments and our investors. The current U.S. administration has also implemented tariffs, including against certain of the nation’s most significant trading partners, which could lead to supply shortages and higher costs, potentially impacting the profitability of borrowers. There can be no assurance that political changes will not cause us to suffer losses. Military actions, such as the recent wars in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, can disrupt the economy and affect our investments and investors. Sanctions could adversely impact certain obligors that have business dealings with a sanctioned country or a country that is otherwise involved in a conflict. Military actions can be unpredictable and cause second order effects that are difficult to predict or ascertain. Military actions can also cause volatility in prices for raw and finished goods, further social unrest, cause changes in consumer demand, and affect other business conditions. There can be no assurance that political changes will not cause us or our investors to suffer losses.

The outcome of the U.S. presidential, congressional and other elections creates significant uncertainty with respect to the legal, tax and regulatory regime in which GC Advisors and its affiliates, as well as Golub Capital BDC and its investments, will operate.

Anticipating policy changes and reforms may be particularly difficult during periods of heightened partisanship at the federal, state and local levels, including due to the divisiveness surrounding populist movements, political disputes and socioeconomic issues. The failure to accurately anticipate the possible outcome of such changes and/or reforms could have a material adverse effect on our returns.

---

Changes in the composition of the U.S. government following an election could result in changes to U.S. and non-U.S. fiscal, tax and other policies, as well as the global financial markets generally. Any significant changes in economic policy, the regulation of the asset management industry, international trade policy and/or tax law, among other things, could have a material adverse impact on Golub Capital BDC and its investments. General fluctuations in the market prices of securities and interest rates could affect our investment opportunities and the value of its investments. GC Advisors and its affiliates could also be affected by difficult conditions in the capital markets and any overall weakening of the financial services industry. Ongoing disruptions in the global credit markets could affect issuers’ ability to pay debts and obligations on a timely basis. If defaults occur, we could lose both invested capital in, and anticipated profits from, any affected investments.

In recent years, there has been increased regulatory enforcement activity and rulemaking impacting the financial services industry. Under the prior U.S. presidential administration, including at the SEC and certain other regulatory bodies, policy changes could have imposed additional costs on us and our investments, required significant attention of senior management or resulted in limitations on the manner in which we or the companies in which we invest conduct business. We cannot predict at this time whether and the extent to which the current U.S. presidential administration and senior officials at the SEC and other federal agencies will pursue these or other policy changes. In addition, uncertainty regarding legislation and regulations affecting the financial services industry or taxation could also adversely impact our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

Trade negotiations and related government actions may create regulatory uncertainty for our portfolio companies and our investment strategies and adversely affect the profitability of our portfolio companies.

In recent years, the U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, and has made proposals and taken actions related thereto. For example, the U.S. government has imposed, and may in the future further increase, tariffs on certain foreign goods, including from China, such as steel and aluminum. Some foreign governments, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods. Most recently, the current U.S. presidential administration has imposed or sought to impose significant increases to tariffs on goods imported into the U.S., including from China, Canada and Mexico. Tariffs on imported goods could further increase costs, decrease margins, reduce the competitiveness of products and services offered by current and future portfolio companies and adversely affect the revenues and profitability of portfolio companies whose businesses rely on goods imported from such impacted jurisdictions.

There is uncertainty as to further actions that may be taken under the current U.S. presidential administration with respect to U.S. trade policy. Further governmental actions related to the imposition of tariffs or other trade barriers, or changes to international trade agreements or policies, could further increase costs, decrease margins, reduce the competitiveness of products and services offered by current and future portfolio companies and adversely affect the revenues and profitability of companies whose businesses rely on goods imported from outside of the United States.

GC Advisors and its affiliates, their respective clients (including us), and the investments such clients hold could be affected by war and other international conflicts.

The ultimate course of such conflicts, and their impact on global economic and commercial activity and conditions, and on the operations, financial condition and performance of Golub Capital BDC or any particular industry, business or investee country, as well as the duration and severity of such effects, is impossible to predict. Such conflicts could have a significant adverse impact and result in significant losses to us. This impact could include reductions in revenue and growth, cyber-attacks, unexpected operational losses and liabilities and reductions in the availability of capital. It could also limit our ability to source, diligence and execute new investments and to manage, finance and exit investments in the future. Developing and further governmental actions (military or otherwise) could cause additional disruption and constrain or alter existing financial, legal and regulatory frameworks and systems in ways that are adverse to the investment strategy that we intends to pursue, all of which could adversely affect our ability to fulfill its investment objectives.

The current state of the economy and volatility in the global financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The U.S. and global capital markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption in recent years, leading to periods of recessionary conditions and depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending. For instance, monetary policies of the Federal Reserve and political uncertainty resulting from recent events, including changes to U.S. trade policies, the provisional application of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement and ongoing conflicts in

---

Eastern Europe and the Middle East and related responses, has led to, from time to time, disruption and instability in the global markets. Disruptions in the capital markets increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. We cannot assure you that these conditions will not occur or will not worsen if they do. If conditions worsen, a prolonged period of market illiquidity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and negatively impact our operating results.

The occurrence of any of these above event(s) could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of our portfolio. We do not know when or how long the securities markets could be affected by similar events and cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. Non-investment grade and equity securities tend to be more volatile than investment-grade fixed income securities; therefore, these events and other market disruptions could have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of non-investment grade and equity securities than on investment-grade fixed income securities. There can be no assurances that similar events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications. Additionally, should the U.S. economy be adversely impacted by increased volatility in the global financial markets, loan and asset growth and liquidity conditions at U.S. financial institutions could deteriorate.

New or modified laws or regulations governing our operations could adversely affect our business.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, could change from time to time, including as the result of interpretive guidance or other directives from the U.S. President and others in the executive branch, and new laws, regulations and interpretations could also come into effect. For example, to the extent a U.S. presidential administration supported an enhanced regulatory agenda, it could impose greater costs on all sectors and on financial services companies in particular. Any such new or changed laws, regulations, interpretations or directives could have a material adverse effect on our business, and political uncertainty could increase regulatory uncertainty in the near term. Furthermore, if regulatory capital requirements from the Dodd-Frank Act, Basel III or other regulatory action are imposed on lenders that provide us with financing, the lenders may be required to limit, or increase the cost of, financing they provide to us. Among other things, this could potentially increase our financing costs and reduce our liquidity or require us to sell assets at an inopportune time or price.

The effects of legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation, could negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could lose any licenses that we then hold for the conduct of our business and could be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

We invest in securities of issuers that are subject to governmental and non-governmental regulations, including by federal and state regulators and various self-regulatory organizations. Companies participating in regulated activities could incur significant costs to comply with these laws and regulations. If a company in which we invest fails to comply with an applicable regulatory regime, it could be subject to fines, injunctions, operating restrictions or criminal prosecution, any of which could materially and adversely affect the value of our investment.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations, including those associated with RICs, could cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities or result in the imposition of corporate-level taxes on us. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans and could shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of GC Advisors to other types of investments in which GC Advisors could have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment. If we invest in commodity interests in the future, GC Advisors could determine not to use investment strategies that trigger additional regulation by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, or could determine to operate subject to CFTC regulation, if applicable. If we or GC Advisors were to operate subject to CFTC regulation, we could incur additional expenses and would be subject to additional regulation.

On October 21, 2014, U.S. risk retention rules adopted pursuant to Section 941 of Dodd-Frank, or Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “U.S. Risk Retention Rules”), were issued and became effective with

---

respect to CLOs on December 24, 2016. The U.S. Risk Retention Rules require the sponsor (directly or through a majority-owned affiliate) of a debt securitization subject to such rules, such as CLOs, in the absence of an exemption, to retain an economic interest, or (the “Retention Interest”), in the credit risk of the assets being securitized in the form of an eligible horizontal residual interest, an eligible vertical interest, or a combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. Due to the interplay of the 1940 Act restrictions on principal and joint transactions and the U.S. Risk Retention Rules, we sought no-action relief to ensure that we could engage in CLO financing under the 1940 Act and the risk retention rules mandated by Section 941 of Dodd-Frank. On September 7, 2018 we received a no-action letter from the staff, or the Staff, of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC that states that the Staff would not recommend that the SEC take any enforcement action under Section 57(a) of the1940 Act, or Rule 17d-1 under the 1940 Act against us or GC Advisors if we were to acquire CLO equity as a Retention Interest in the manner described in a letter submitted to the Staff on behalf of us.

However, the no-action relief we received did not address whether or not the CLO transactions described therein would satisfy the requirements of the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. As a general matter, available interpretive authority to date addressing the U.S. Risk Retention Rules applicable to CLOs is limited, and there is limited judicial decisional authority or applicable agency interpretation that has directly addressed any of the risk retention approaches taken with respect to CLOs. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the applicable federal agencies will agree that any CLO transaction we undertake, or the manner in which we hold any retention interests, complies with the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. If we ever determined that undertaking CLO transactions would subject us or any of our affiliates to unacceptable regulatory risk, our ability to execute CLOs could be limited or otherwise curtailed. Given the more attractive financing costs associated with these types of debt securitization as opposed to other types of financing available (such as traditional senior secured facilities), this would, in turn, increase our financing costs. Any associated increase in financing costs would ultimately be borne by our common stockholders.

Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules implemented by the SEC.

Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act involves significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act would adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

Under current SEC rules, we are required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC. As such, we are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we incur expenses that could negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also results in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot ensure that our evaluation, testing and remediation process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective. In the event that we are unable to maintain compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our securities would be adversely affected.

Technological innovations and industry disruptions could negatively impact us.

In the current period of technological and commercial innovation, startup and other companies have found success disrupting traditional approaches to industry or market practices, and the frequency of such disruptions is expected to increase. Such disruptions could negatively impact us and our investments, alter market practices on which our investment strategy depends to create investment returns, significantly disrupt the market in which we operate, or subject us to increased competition.

---

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which could, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay distributions.

Our business depends on the communications and information systems of GC Advisors and its affiliates. GC Advisors and the Administrator are heavily reliant on the information technology infrastructure, processes and procedures of Golub Capital, which has devoted significant resources to developing effective and reliable information technology systems. Information technology changes rapidly, however, and Golub Capital could fail to stay ahead of such advances. Moreover, Golub Capital could find itself a target of cyberattacks, including cyber espionage, malware, ransomware, and other types of hacking. If any of the Golub Capital information technology systems do not operate properly or are disabled, whether as a result of tampering or a breach of network security systems or otherwise, we and Golub Capital could suffer, among other consequences, financial loss, disruption of businesses and reputational damage and, in the case of Golub Capital, liability to clients. While steps have been taken to mitigate the risk and impact of such attacks, no system is fully attack-proof, and a cyberattack could have an adverse impact on us.

In addition, Golub Capital’s operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in its computer systems and networks. Although Golub Capital takes protective measures, its computer systems, software and networks could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, theft, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have an impact on security. We, GC Advisors and the Administrator rely on third-party service providers for certain aspects of their business. Any interruption or deterioration in the performance of these third parties or failures of their information systems and technology could impair the quality of the operations and could affect their reputation, which could have an adverse effect on us.

Failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable data protection and privacy laws and regulations could subject us to ongoing costs and, in some cases, fines and reputational harm.

We and GC Advisors and its affiliates are subject to numerous laws and regulations in various jurisdictions relating to privacy and the storage, sharing, use, processing, disclosure and protection of information that we and our affiliates hold. The EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, the Cayman Islands Data Protection Act (2021 Revision), and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, as amended, are recent examples of such laws, and we anticipate new privacy and data protection laws and regulations will be passed in other jurisdictions in the future. For example, the SEC has adopted changes to Regulation S-P, which requires, among other things, that registered investment advisers notify affected individuals of a breach involving their personal information when there has been an incident that rises to the level of being a reportable breach. In general, these laws and regulations introduce many new obligations on us, GC Advisors and its affiliates and service providers and create new rights for parties who have given any of us their personal information, such as investors and others. The scope of data protection and privacy laws and regulations is rapidly evolving, and such laws and regulations are subject to differing interpretations. Any inability or perceived inability to adequately address privacy concerns, or comply with applicable laws and regulations, even if unfounded, could result in regulatory and third-party liability, increased costs, disruption to our operations, and reputational damage. Obligations to which we, GC Advisors or its affiliates are subject impose compliance costs and risks of penalties, which could increase significantly as such laws and regulations evolve globally. Moreover, as data protection and privacy laws and regulations continue to develop, it could be more difficult and/or more costly for us, GC Advisors or its affiliates to collect, store, use, transmit and process personal information.

The costs of monitoring, interpreting and, where applicable, complying with global data protection and privacy laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of the operations and financial condition of us, GC Advisors or its affiliates, and of our portfolio companies. The continued development of these laws and regulations and their interpretations could increase compliance costs, restrict our, GC Advisors or its affiliates’ ability to offer services in certain locations, require changes to business practices, result in negative publicity or significant costs or penalties associated with litigation and/or regulatory action, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations, including affecting investment returns.

While we, GC Advisors and its affiliates take reasonable efforts to comply with data protection and privacy laws and regulations, it is possible that we and GC Advisors will not be able to accurately anticipate the ways in which regulators and courts will apply or interpret these laws, and there can be no assurance that we or GC Advisors or its affiliates will not be subject to regulatory or individual legal action, including fines, in the event of a security incident, alleged non-compliance with applicable data protection and privacy laws or regulations, or other claim that an individual’s privacy rights have been violated. Many regulators have indicated an intention to take more

---

aggressive enforcement actions regarding data privacy matters, and private litigation resulting from such matters is increasing and resulting in large judgments and settlements.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents could adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

The operations of us, Golub Capital, any third-party service provider to us or Golub Capital and our portfolio companies are susceptible to risks from cybersecurity attacks and incidents due to reliance on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in relevant computer systems and networks. Such systems face ongoing cybersecurity threats and attacks which, if successful, could threaten the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the systems and information resources of us or our portfolio companies. A cyber incident could be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to the information systems of us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption, including through the introduction of computer viruses, “phishing” attempts and other forms of social engineering. Attacks could also involve ransomware, data exfiltration and publication, or other forms of cyber extortion. Cyber-attacks could also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber incidents could originate from a wide variety of external sources, including cyber criminals, nation state hackers, hacktivists, and other outside parties, or from the malicious or accidental acts of insiders, such as employees, independent contractors or other service providers of or to us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies. Some factors that could create a heightened risk of a cyber incident include, but are not limited to, the use of remote work and/or third-party service providers, including cloud-based service providers. Recent geopolitical tensions could have increased the scale and sophistication of deliberate cybersecurity attacks, particularly those from nation-states or from entities with nation-state backing. Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. The result of these incidents could include disrupted operations such as an adverse effect on ability to communicate and conduct business, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to business relationships.

There has been an increase in the frequency and sophistication of the cyber and security threats faced, with attacks ranging from those common to businesses to those that are more advanced and persistent, which may target Golub Capital or our service providers because Golub Capital or our service providers hold a significant amount of confidential and sensitive information about investors, portfolio companies or obligors (as applicable) and potential investments. As a result, there is a heightened risk of a security breach or disruption with respect to this information.

As our, Golub Capital’s, our portfolio companies’ and each of our third-party service providers’ reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to information systems of ours, Golub Capital, our portfolio companies and each of our third-party service providers. Although Golub Capital takes protective measures, and requires its service providers to take certain steps, these measures and steps , as well as an increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur, including because cyber-attack techniques are continually evolving, could persist undetected over extended periods of time, and may not be mitigated in a timely manner to prevent or minimize the impact. Cyber incidents of whatever nature, and a failure to provide regulatory or other notifications concerning such incidents as required, could potentially negatively impact the financial results, operations or confidential information of us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies, cause financial loss, increased costs, disruption to business, liability to counterparties or other parties, regulatory actions (and resulting fines or other penalties), negative publicity or reputational damage. The costs related to cyber or other security threats or disruptions may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. Cybersecurity risks require continuous and increasing attention and other resources, which attention diverts time and other resources from other activities of ours, Golub Capital and our portfolio companies. Although Golub Capital has established business continuity plans and risk management systems designed to reduce the risks associated with cybersecurity, there are inherent limitations in these plans and systems, including that certain risks could not have been identified, in large part because different or unknown threats could emerge in the future. As such, there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially because we do not directly control the cybersecurity systems of issuers in which we could invest, trading counterparties or third-party service providers to us. Such entities have experienced cyber-attacks and other attempts to gain unauthorized access to systems from time to time, and there is no guarantee that efforts to prevent or mitigate the effects of such attacks or other attempts to gain unauthorized access will be successful. There is also a risk that cybersecurity breaches could not be detected. There can be no

---

assurance that efforts undertaken by us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies will be effective, or that we will not suffer losses relating to cyber-attacks on us, our service providers, trading counterparties or our portfolio companies. In addition, we could also suffer losses in connection with updates to, or the failure to timely update, information systems and technology.

Our portfolio companies and obligors also rely on data processing systems and the secure processing, storage, and transmission of information, including payment and health information, A disruption or compromise of those systems could have a material adverse effect on the value of these businesses. Moreover, cybersecurity has become a regulatory and enforcement priority in many jurisdictions around the world, with many having proposed or already enacted laws requiring companies to provide notifications of certain data security breaches. The costs of monitoring, interpreting and, where applicable, complying with these laws could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of the operations and financial condition of us, Golub Capital and of our portfolio companies. We may invest in strategic assets having a national or regional profile, the nature of which could expose them to a greater risk of being subject to a terrorist attack or security breach than other assets or businesses. Such an event may have material adverse consequences on our investment or assets of the same type or may require portfolio companies or obligors to increase preventative security measures or expand insurance coverage.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder the execution of our investment strategy or impact our stock price.

Stockholder activism, which could take many forms, including making public demands that we consider certain strategic alternatives, engaging in public campaigns to attempt to influence our corporate governance and/or our management, and commencing proxy contests to attempt to elect the activists’ representatives or others to our board of directors, or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing in the business development company space recently. While we are currently not subject to any stockholder activism, due to the potential volatility of our stock price and for a variety of other reasons, we could in the future become the target of stockholder activism. Stockholder activism could result in substantial costs and divert management’s and our board of directors’ attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future and adversely affect our relationships with service providers and our portfolio companies. Also, we could be required to incur significant legal and other expenses related to any activist stockholder matters. Further, our stock price could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties of any stockholder activism.

We and/or our portfolio companies could be materially and adversely impacted by global climate change.

Climate change is widely considered to be a significant threat to the global economy. Our business operations and our portfolio companies could face risks associated with climate change, including risks related to the impact of climate-related legislation and regulation (both domestically and internationally), risks related to climate-related business trends (such as the process of transitioning to a lower-carbon economy), and risks stemming from the physical impacts of climate change, such as the increasing frequency or severity of extreme weather events and rising sea levels and temperatures.

We are subject to risks related to corporate social responsibility.

Businesses, including ours, face public scrutiny related to corporate social responsibility, activities, which could be considered to contribute to the long-term sustainability of a company’s performance. A variety of organizations measure the performance of companies on corporate social responsibility topics, and the results of these assessments are widely publicized.

Our brand and reputation could be negatively impacted if we fail to act responsibly (or are perceived to have failed to act responsibly) in a number of areas, such as considering corporate social responsibility factors in our investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to such activities could impact the value of our brand and our relationships with investors, private equity sponsors, or portfolio companies which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. At the same time, there are various approaches to responsible investing activities and divergent views on the consideration of corporate social responsibility topics. These differing views increase the risk that any action or lack thereof with respect to our Investment Adviser’s consideration of responsible investing will be perceived negatively. “Anti-ESG” sentiment has also gained momentum across the U.S., with several states having enacted or proposed “anti-ESG” policies, legislation or issued related legal opinions. If investors subject to such legislation view our practices as being in contradiction of such “anti-ESG” policies, legislation or legal opinions, such investors

---

may not invest in us. Further, asset managers have been subject to recent scrutiny related to corporate social responsibility-focused industry working groups, initiatives and associations, including organizations advancing action to address climate change or climate-related risk. Such scrutiny could expose our Investment Adviser to the risk of antitrust investigations or challenges by federal authorities, result in reputational harm and discourage certain investors from investing in us. If our Investment Adviser does not successfully manage expectations across these varied interests, it could erode trust, impact our and their reputation and constrain our investment and fundraising opportunities.

The Company has processes in place to assess, identify, and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats. The Company’s business is dependent on the communications and information systems of GC Advisors and other third-party service providers. GC Advisors manages the Company’s day-to-day operations and has implemented a cybersecurity program that applies to the Company and its operations.

Cybersecurity Program Overview

GC Advisors has instituted a cybersecurity program designed to identify, assess, and manage cyber risks applicable to the Company. GC Advisors’ cyber risk management program involves risk assessments, implementation of security measures, and ongoing monitoring of systems and networks, including networks on which the Company relies. GC Advisors actively monitors the current threat landscape in an effort to identify material risks arising from new and evolving cybersecurity threats, including material risks faced by the Company.

The Company relies on GC Advisors to engage external experts, including cybersecurity assessors, consultants, and auditors to evaluate cybersecurity measures and risk management processes, including those applicable to the Company.

The Company relies on GC Advisors’ risk management program and processes, which include cyber risk assessments.

The Company depends on and engages various third parties, including suppliers, vendors, and service providers, to operate its business. The Company relies on the expertise of risk management, legal, information technology, and compliance personnel of GC Advisors when identifying and overseeing risks from cybersecurity threats associated with the Company’s use of such entities.

Board Oversight of Cybersecurity Risks

The Board provides strategic oversight on cybersecurity matters, including risks associated with cybersecurity threats. The Board receives periodic updates from the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) regarding the overall state of GC Advisors’ cybersecurity program, information on the current threat landscape, and risks from cybersecurity threats and cybersecurity incidents impacting the Company.

Management's Role in Cybersecurity Risk Management

GC Advisors’ internal cybersecurity team, headed by GC Advisors’ Chief Information Officer (“CIO”), are responsible for the cybersecurity program applicable to the Company (including enterprise-wide cybersecurity

---

strategy, policies, standards, engineering, architecture, and processes), and along with the Company’s CCO and a Disclosure Committee that is headed by the Company’s CFO (the “Disclosure Committee”), are responsible for assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats that impact the Company.

The CFO and CCO of the Company oversee the Company’s oversight function generally and rely on GC Advisors’ CIO and cybersecurity team to assist with assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats. The Company’s CFO has been responsible for this oversight function as CFO to the Company for over four years and has worked in the financial services industry for more than nineteen years, during which time the CFO has gained expertise in assessing and managing risk applicable to the Company. "The Company’s CCO has been responsible for this oversight function since assuming her role as CCO to the Company and has worked in the financial services industry for more than 15 years, during which time the CCO has gained expertise in assessing and managing risk, including those applicable to the Company. The Advisors’ CIO has been responsible for her function for over five years and has worked in the financial services industry for more than sixteen years, during which time the CIO has gained expertise in assessing and managing risk applicable to the Company.

Management of the Company, including the CCO and the Company’s Disclosure Committee, is informed about and monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents impacting the Company, including through the receipt of notifications from service providers and reliance on communications with risk management, legal, information technology, and/or compliance personnel of GC Advisors.

Assessment of Cybersecurity Risk

The potential impact of risks from cybersecurity threats on the Company are assessed on a regular basis, and how such risks could materially affect the Company’s business strategy, operational results, and financial condition are regularly evaluated. During the reporting period, the Company has not identified any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previous cybersecurity incidents, that the Company believes have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company, including its business strategy, operational results, and financial condition.

---

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low closing sales price divided by the quarter-end NAV.

(3) On June 2, 2024, our board of directors declared a special distribution of $0.05 paid on December 13, 2024 to stockholders on record as of November 29, 2024.

(4) On November 14, 2024, our board of directors declared a supplemental distribution of $0.04 paid on December 13, 2024 to stockholders on of record as of November 29, 2024.

---

---

---

The following table is being provided to update, as of September 30, 2025, certain information in our registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-265509). The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Actual costs and expenses incurred by investors in shares of our common stock could be greater than the percentage estimates in the table below. The following table excludes one-time fees payable to third parties not affiliated with GC Advisors that were incurred in connection with the Debt Securitizations, but includes all of the applicable ongoing fees and expenses of the Debt Securitizations. Whenever reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Golub Capital BDC,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, our common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.

Stockholder transaction expenses:
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)						0		%	(1)
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)						0		%	(2)
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses						None			(3)
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)						0		%

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock): (4)
Management fees						2.19		%	(5)
Incentive fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement						1.82		%	(6)
Interest payments on borrowed funds						7.22		%	(7)
Other expenses						0.54		%	(8)
Total annual expenses						11.77		%	(9)

---

(1) In the event that the securities to which any applicable prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters or agents, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load.

(2) In the event that we conduct an offering of our securities, the related prospectus supplement will disclose the estimated amount of total offering expenses (which could include offering expenses borne by third parties on our behalf), the offering price and the offering expenses borne by us as a percentage of the offering price.

(3) The expenses associated with the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”.

(4) Our total net assets as of September 30, 2025 was $3,983 million. The daily average net assets for the year ended September 30, 2025, employed as the denominator for expense ratio computation was $4,025 million.

(5) O ur management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.0 % and is based on the average adjusted gross assets (including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets, leverage, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments and cash collateral on deposit with custodian but adjusted to exclude cash and cash equivalents so that investors do not pay the base management fee on such assets) at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters and is payable quarterly in arrears. See “Item 1. Business — Management Agreements” and “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Recent Developments”. The management fee referenced in the table above is annualized and based on actual amounts incurred during the year ended September 30, 2025 by GC Advisors in its capacity as investment adviser to us and collateral manager to the 2024 Issuer, the 2018 Issuer, the GCIC 2018 Issuer, the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer and the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer, collectively the Securitization Issuers. The adjusted estimate of our annualized base management fees based on actual expenses for the year ended September 30, 2025 assumes average net assets of $4,025 million and average leverage of $4,893 million, which reflects our average net assets and average net leverage as of September 30, 2025.

GC Advisors, as collateral manager for our indirect, wholly owned, consolidated subsidiary, Golub Capital BDC CLO 8 LLC, or the 2024 Issuer, under a collateral management agreement, or the 2024 Issuer Collateral Management Agreement, is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the 2024 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the 2024 Issuer Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” refers to the period commencing on the third business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the third business day prior to such payment date.

Prior to the redemption of the notes, or 2018 Notes, offered in our $602.4 million term debt securitization initially completed on November 16, 2018, or the 2018 Debt Securitization, and termination of the documents governing the 2018 Debt Securitization on November 18, 2024, GC Advisors served as collateral manager for Golub Capital BDC CLO III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or LLC, and, prior to its dissolution, our indirect subsidiary, or the 2018 Issuer, under a collateral management agreement, or the 2018 Collateral Management Agreement, and was entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the 2018 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which was payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the 2018 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” referred to the period commencing on the third business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the third business day prior to such payment date.

Prior to the redemption of the notes, or the GCIC 2018 Notes, offered in the $908.2 million term debt securitization, or the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, that we assumed effective September 16, 2019 as a result of our acquisition of Golub Capital Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation, or the GCIC Merger, and the termination of the documents governing the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, GC Advisors served as collateral manager for Golub Capital Investment Corporation CLO II LLC, or the GCIC 2018 Issuer, under a collateral management agreement, or the GCIC 2018 Collateral Management Agreement, and was entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the GCIC 2018 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which was payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the 2018 GCIC Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” generally referred to a quarterly period commencing on the day after the end of the prior collection period to the tenth business day prior to the payment date.

Prior to the redemption of the notes, or the GBDC 3 2021 Notes, offered in the $398.9 million term debt securitization, or the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization, that we assumed effective June 3, 2024 as a result of our acquisition of Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or the GBDC 3 Merger, and the termination of the documents governing the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization, GC Advisors served as collateral manager for Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, or the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, an LLC and, prior to its dissolution, our indirect, wholly owned, consolidated subsidiary, under a collateral management agreement, or the GBDC 3 2021 Collateral Management Agreement, and was entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which was payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the GBDC 3 2021 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” referred to the period commencing on the tenth business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the tenth business day prior to such payment date.

Prior to the redemption of the GBDC 3 2022 Notes and the termination of the documents governing the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization, GC Advisors served as collateral manager for the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, under the 2022 Collateral Management Agreement and was entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which was payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the GBDC 3 2022 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” relating to any payment date, referred to the period commencing on the tenth business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the tenth business day prior to such payment date.

GC Advisors served as collateral manager for our indirect, wholly owned, consolidated subsidiary, Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC, or the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, prior to the redemption of the GBDC 3 2022 Notes, under a collateral management agreement, or the GBDC 3 2022-2 Collateral Management Agreement, and was entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the GBDC 3 2022 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” relating to any payment date, referred to the period commencing on the tenth business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the tenth business day prior to such payment date..

Collateral management fees are paid directly by the 2018 Issuer, GCIC 2018 Issuer, GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, GBDC 2 2022-2 Issuer and the 2024 Issuer and are offset against the management fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Term debt securitizations are also known as CLOs, and are a form of secured financing incurred by us, which are consolidated by us and subject to our overall asset coverage requirement.

---

For purposes of this table, the SEC requires that the “Management fees” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock, rather than total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies, because common stockholders bear all of this cost. If the base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage were calculated instead as a percentage of our total assets, our base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage would be approximately 0.98% of total assets.

(6) The incentive fee referenced in the table above is based on actual amounts of the income component of the incentive fee incurred during the year ended September 30, 2025. The incentive fee referenced in the table above is calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement based on actual amounts of the income component of the incentive fee for GBDC. As of September 30, 2025, no amount was payable for the capital gains component under the Investment Advisory Agreement. We have structured the calculation of the incentive fee to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to GC Advisors for any quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to GC Advisors since the effective date of our election to become a business development company would be greater than 15.0% of our cumulative pre-incentive fee net income per share. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the incentive fee, see “Item 1. Business - Management Agreement - Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation” as well as any amendments reflected in subsequent filings with the SEC.

(7) Interest payments on borrowed funds is based on our cost of funds on our outstanding indebtedness for the year ended September 30, 2025, which consisted of $1,137.6 million of indebtedness outstanding under revolving credit facilities, $1,364.0 million in notes issued through the Debt Securitizations, $600.0 million of 2026 Notes, $350.0 million of 2027 Notes, $700.0 million of 2028 Notes and $750.0 million of 2029 Notes. For the year ended September 30, 2025, the annualized cost of funds for our total debt outstanding, which includes all interest, accretion of discounts, and amortization of debt issuance costs on the Debt Securitizations, was 5.8%. Debt issuance costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with our Debt Securitizations. These fees include structuring and placement fees paid by the 2018 Issuer to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for its services in connection with the structuring of the 2018 Debt Securitization and by the 2024 Issuer to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for its services in connection with the structuring of the 2024 Debt Securitization. Before we acquired the GCIC 2018 Issuer as part of the GCIC Merger, the GCIC 2018 Issuer paid Wells Fargo Securities, LLC structuring and placement fees for its services in connection with the initial structuring of the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization. Before we acquired the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer as a part of the GBDC 3 Merger, the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer paid Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, structuring and placement fees for its services in connection with the structuring of each of the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization and the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization. Before we acquired the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer as a part of the GBDC 3 Merger, the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer paid GreensLedge Capital Markets LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. structuring and placement fees for its services in connection with the structuring of the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization.

(8) Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator, and any acquired fund fees and expenses that are not required to be disclosed separately. See “Item 1. Management Agreements - Administration Agreements”, as well as any amendments reflected in subsequent filings with the SEC. “Other expenses” also includes the ongoing administrative expenses to the trustee, collateral manager, independent accountants, legal counsel, rating agencies and independent managers in connection with developing and maintaining reports and providing required services in connection with the administration of each of the Debt Securitizations. Additionally, “Other expenses” includes the actual amount incurred for U.S. federal excise tax. “Other expenses” are based on actual amounts incurred for the year ended September 30, 2025. The administrative expenses of each of the Securitization Issuers are paid on each payment date in two parts: (1) a component that is paid in a priority to other amounts distributed by the applicable Securitization Issuer, subject to a cap equal to the sum of 0.04% per annum of the adjusted principal balance of the portfolio loans and other assets held by the applicable Securitization Issuer on the last day of the collection period relating to such payment date, plus $150,000 per annum, and (2) a component that is paid in a subordinated position relative to other amounts distributed by the applicable Securitization Issuer equal to any amounts that exceed the aforementioned administrative expense cap.

(9) All of our expenses, including all expenses of each of the Debt Securitizations, are disclosed in the appropriate line items under “Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock).” “Total annual expenses” as a percentage of consolidated net assets attributable to common stock are higher than the total annual expenses percentage would be for a company that is not leveraged. We borrow money to leverage our net assets and increase our total assets. The SEC requires that the “Total annual expenses” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and after taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period), rather than the total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies. The reason for presenting expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders is that our common stockholders bear all of our fees and expenses.

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) could be greater or less than those shown.

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment						1 year						3 years						5 years						10 years
Assuming a 5% annual return (assumes no return from net realized capital gains or net unrealized capital appreciation)						$ 114						$ 295						$ 459						$ 803
Assuming a 5% annual return (assumes return entirely from realized capital gains and thus subject to the capital gain incentive fee)						$121						$314						$486						$836

---

---

---

---

---

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in one stop (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans and that are often referred to by other middle-market lenders as unitranche loans) and other senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies. We also selectively invest in second lien and subordinated loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in U.S. middle-market companies. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to U.S. middle-market companies with over $85.0 billion in capital under management (1) as of October 1, 2025, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom Golub Capital has invested alongside in the past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

(1) September 30, 2024 balance includes payment of $ 9,516 distribution payable to former GBDC 3 stockholders that was assumed in the GBDC 3 Merger (defined in Note 1).

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

(a)						Gross additions could include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new investments, amounts related to PIK interest capitalized and added to the principal balance of the respective loans, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing investments for one or more new investments and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this affiliated category from a different category.
(b)						Gross reductions could include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments and sales, the amortization of premiums, the reversal of capitalized PIK for non-accrual positions and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.
(c)						Formerly known as Imperial Optical Midco Inc.

(a)						Gross additions could include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new investments, amounts related to PIK interest capitalized and added to the principal balance of the respective loans, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing investments for one or more new investments and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this affiliated category from a different category.
(b)						Gross reductions could include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums, the reversal of capitalized PIK for non-accrual positions and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

(a) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the Prime rate, which was 8.00% as of September 30, 2024.

(b) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 30-day EURIBOR, which was 3.35% as of September 30, 2024.

(c) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 90-day EURIBOR, which was 3.28% as of September 30, 2024.

(d) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 180-day EURIBOR, which was 3.11% as of September 30, 2024.

(e) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the Three-Month AUD, which was 4.43% as of September 30, 2024.

(f) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to SONIA, which was 4.95% as of September 30, 2024.

(g) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to Daily SOFR, which was 4.96% as of September 30, 2024.

(h) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 30-day Term SOFR which was 4.85% as of September 30, 2024.

(i) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 90-day Term SOFR which was 4.59% as of September 30, 2024.

(j) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to the 180-day Term SOFR which was 4.25% as of September 30, 2024.

(k) Denotes that all or a portion of the contract was indexed to Daily CORRA, which was 4.30% as of September 30, 2024.

---

(a)						Gross additions could include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new investments, amounts related to PIK interest capitalized and added to the principal balance of the respective loans, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing investments for one or more new investments and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this affiliated category from a different category.
(b)						Gross reductions could include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments and sales, the amortization of premiums, the reversal of capitalized PIK for non-accrual positions and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.

(a)						Gross additions could include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new investments, amounts related to PIK interest capitalized and added to the principal balance of the respective loans, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing investments for one or more new investments and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this affiliated category from a different category.
(b)						Gross reductions could include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums, the reversal of capitalized PIK for non-accrual positions and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.

---

Note 1. Organization

Golub Capital BDC, Inc. (“GBDC” and, collectively with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. GBDC has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, GBDC has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Company’s investment strategy is to invest primarily in one stop (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans and that are often referred to by other middle-market lenders as unitranche loans) and other senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms. The Company also selectively invests in second lien and subordinated (a loan that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness in priority of payment) loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, U.S. middle-market companies. The Company has entered into the Fifth Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement effective as of June 3, 2024 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement” or “Post-GBDC 3 Merger Advisory Agreement”) with GC Advisors LLC (the “Investment Adviser”), under which the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, the Company. Under an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) the Company is provided with certain services by an administrator (the “Administrator”), which is currently Golub Capital LLC.

On September 16, 2019, the Company completed its acquisition of Golub Capital Investment Corporation (“GCIC”), a Maryland corporation (the “GCIC Merger”), pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended, the “GCIC Merger Agreement”), dated as of November 27, 2018, by and among the Company, GCIC, Fifth Ave Subsidiary Inc., a Maryland corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“GCIC Merger Sub”), the Investment Adviser, and, for certain limited purposes, the Administrator.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates

Basis of presentation: The Company is an investment company as defined in the accounting and reporting guidance under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 — Financial Services — Investment Companies (“ASC Topic 946”).

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and related financial information have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for financial information and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications consisting solely of normal accruals that are necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Fair value of financial instruments: The Company applies fair value to all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 — Fair Value Measurement (“ASC Topic 820”). ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. On August 2, 2024, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) designated the Investment Adviser as the Company’s valuation designee (“Valuation Designee”) in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. As of such date, the Valuation Designee is responsible for determining the fair value of the Company’s portfolio investments,

---

subject to oversight of the Board. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Valuation Designee has categorized the Company’s financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Investment Adviser’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Valuation Designee in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.

Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management and the Board to confirm that the changes are appropriate. As markets change, new products develop and the pricing for products becomes more or less transparent, the Valuation Designee will continue to refine its valuation methodologies. See further description of fair value methodology in Note 6.

Use of estimates: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

---

Consolidation: As provided under Regulation S-X and ASC Topic 946, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries listed in the table below in its consolidated financial statements:

Entity Name			Abbreviation
Golub Capital BDC CLO III Depositor LLC 1			(“2018 CLO Depositor”) 1
Golub Capital BDC CLO III LLC 2			(“2018 Issuer”) 2
Golub Capital BDC Holdings, LLC			(“BDC Holdings”)
GCIC Holdings LLC			(“GCIC Holdings”)
GCIC CLO II Depositor LLC 3			(“GCIC 2018 CLO Depositor”) 3
GCIC CLO II LLC 4			(“GCIC 2018 Issuer”) 4
Golub Capital BDC CLO 8 Depositor LLC 3			("BDC CLO 8 Depositor") 3
Golub Capital BDC CLO 8 LLC 4			(“2024 Issuer”) 4
GCIC Funding LLC 5			(“GCIC Funding”) 5
GBDC Holdings Coinvest, Inc. 6
GBDC Holdings ED Coinvest, Inc.
GCIC North Haven Stack Buyer Coinvest, Inc.
GCIC Quick Quack Coinvest LLC 5
GBDC Quick Quack Coinvest LLC 5
Golub Capital 3 Holdings LLC			(“GBDC 3 Holdings”)
GBDC 3 Funding LLC 7 8			(“GBDC 3 Funding”) 7 8
Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 Depositor LLC 1			(“GBDC 3 2021 CLO Depositor”) 1
Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC 2			(“GBDC 3 2021 Issuer”) 2
Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 Depositor LLC			(“GBDC 3 2022 ABS 2022-1 Depositor”)
Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC 8			(“GBDC 3 2022 Issuer”) 8
Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 2 Depositor LLC			(“GBDC 3 2022 CLO 2 Depositor”)
Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 2 LLC 7			(“GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer”) 7
GBDC 3 Holdings Coinvest, Inc. 6
GBDC 3 Quick Quack Coinvest LLC 5

1. Prior to April 22, 2025, the date of each entity’s dissolution.

2. Prior to November 18, 2024, the date of each entity’s dissolution.

3. GCIC CLO II Depositor LLC (“GCIC 2018 CLO Depositor”) was renamed to Golub Capital BDC CLO 8 Depositor LLC (“BDC CLO 8 Depositor”) effective November 18, 2024.

4. GCIC CLO II LLC (“GCIC 2018 Issuer”) was renamed to Golub Capital BDC CLO 8 LLC (“2024 Issuer”) effective November 18, 2024.

5. Prior to April 30, 2025, the date of each entity’s dissolution.

6. GBDC 3 Holdings Coinvest, Inc. merged into GBDC Holdings Coinvest, Inc. effective September 1, 2025.

7. Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 2 LLC (“GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer”) merged into GBDC 3 Funding LLC (“GBDC 3 Funding”) effective May 19, 2025.

8. Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC (“GBDC 3 2022 Issuer”) merged into GBDC 3 Funding LLC (“GBDC 3 Funding”) effective August 21, 2025.

Assets related to transactions that do not meet ASC Topic 860 requirements for accounting sale treatment are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as investments. Those assets are owned by special purpose entities, including BDC Holdings, Funding II, GCIC Holdings, GBDC 3 Holdings, GBDC 3 Funding, 2024 Issuer and, prior to November 18, 2024, GCIC 2018 Issuer, 2018 Issuer and GBDC 3 2021 Issuer,

---

GCIC Funding, (prior to April 30, 2025), GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer (prior to May 19, 2025), and GBDC 3 2022 Issuer (prior to August 21, 2025) that are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The creditors of the special purpose entities have received security interests in such assets and such assets are not intended to be available to the creditors of GBDC (or any affiliate of GBDC).

Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currencies: Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currencies are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. The Company deposits its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies: Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies include amounts that are collected and are held by trustees who have been appointed as custodians of the assets securing certain of the Company’s financing transactions. Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies are held by the trustees for payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets.

Foreign currency translation: The Company’s books and records are maintained in U.S. dollars. Any foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars. Non-U.S. dollar transactions during the year are valued at the prevailing spot rates on the applicable transaction date and the related assets and liabilities are revalued at the prevailing spot rates as of year-end.

Net assets and fair values are presented based on the applicable foreign exchange rates and fluctuations arising from the translation of assets and liabilities are included within the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Foreign security and currency transactions involve certain considerations and risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include, but are not limited to, currency fluctuations and revaluations and future adverse political, social and economic developments, which could cause investments in foreign markets to be less liquid and prices more volatile than those of comparable U.S. companies or U.S. government securities.

Derivative instruments:

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 815 - Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC Topic 815”), when accounting for derivative instruments.

Forward currency contracts: A forward currency contract is an obligation between two parties to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed-upon price at a future date. The Company utilized forward currency contracts to economically hedge the currency exposure associated with certain foreign-denominated investments. The use of forward currency contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the price of the underlying securities the Company owns or intends to acquire but establishes a rate of exchange in advance. Fluctuations in the value of these contracts are measured by the difference in the exchange rates on the contract date and reporting date and are recorded as unrealized appreciation (depreciation) until the contracts are closed. When the contracts are closed, realized gains (losses) are recorded. Realized gains (losses) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the forward currency contracts are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on forward currency contracts is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as a component of “Net unrealized appreciation on derivatives” or “Net unrealized depreciation on derivatives” by counterparty on a net basis across all derivative instruments, not taking into account collateral posted, which is recorded separately, if applicable.

The primary risks associated with forward currency contracts include failure of the counterparty to meet the terms of the contract and the value of the foreign currency changing unfavorably. These risks can exceed the amounts reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Refer to Note 5 for more information regarding the forward currency contracts.

Interest rate swaps: The Company designated interest rate swaps as the hedging instrument in qualifying fair value hedge accounting relationships, and as a result, the change in fair value of the hedging instruments and hedged items are recorded in interest expense and recognized as components of “Interest and other debt financing expenses” in the

---

Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the interest rate swaps is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as a component of “Net unrealized appreciation on derivatives” or “Net unrealized depreciation on derivatives” by counterparty on a net basis across all derivative instruments, not taking into account collateral posted which is recorded separately, if applicable.

Refer to Note 5 for more information regarding the interest rate swaps.

Revenue recognition:

Investments and related investment income: Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments.

Original issue discount, market discount or premium and certain loan origination or amendment fees that are deemed to be an adjustment to yield (“Loan Origination Fees”) are capitalized and the Company accretes or amortizes such amounts over the life of the loan as interest income (“Discount Amortization”). For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company received Loan Origination Fees that were capitalized of $ 24,982 , $ 19,817 and $ 17,692 , respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, interest income included $ 26,329 , $ 22,074 and $ 19,951 , respectively, of Discount Amortization.

For investments with contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, the Company will not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, investment income included $ 52,323 , $ 49,715 and $ 40,590 , r espectively, of PIK interest and the Company capitalized PIK interest of $ 55,390 , $ 52,552 and $ 38,844 , respectively, into the principal balance of certain debt investments.

In addition, the Company generates revenue in the form of amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees, administrative agent fees, and prepayment premiums on loans. The Company records these fees that are not deemed to be an adjustment to yield as fee income when earned. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, fee income included $ 2,418 , $ 606 and $ 79 from non-recurring prepayment premiums, respectively.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company received interest and fee income in cash, which excludes capitalized loan origination fees, in the amoun ts of $ 782,906 , $ 626,622 and $ 496,114 , res pectively.

Dividend income on equity securities is recorded as dividend income on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. The Company has certain preferred equity securities in the portfolio that contain a PIK dividend provision that are accrued and recorded as income at the contractual rates, if deemed collectible. The accrued PIK and non-cash dividends are capitalized to the cost basis of the preferred equity security and are generally collected when redeemed by the issuer.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recognized PIK and non-cash dividend income of $ 30,707 , $ 21,263 and $ 14,901 , respectively, which were capitalized into the cost basis of certain preferred equity investments. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company received $ 6,436 , $ 47 and $ 10 , of cash payments of accrued and capitalized preferred dividends.

Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Each distribution received from limited liability company (“LLC”) and limited partnership (“LP”) investments is evaluated to determine if the distribution should be recorded as dividend income or a return of capital. Generally, the Company will not record distributions from equity investments in LLCs and LPs as dividend income unless there are sufficient accumulated tax-basis earnings and profits in the LLC or LP prior to the distribution. Distributions that are classified as a return of capital are recorded as a reduction in the cost basis of the investment.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded dividend income received in cash of $ 1,940 , $ 691 and $ 1,340 , respectively, and return of capital distributions received in cash of $ 2,322 , $ 1,622 and $ 373 , respectively.

---

Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. The Company reports current period changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of the Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Non-accrual investments: A loan can be left on accrual status while the Company is pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal and interest, or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected, for possible placement on non-accrual status. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Additionally, any capitalized Loan Origination Fees are no longer accreted to interest income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, payments are likely to remain current. The total fair value of non-accrual loans was $ 27,321 and $ 93,204 as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.

Management reviews all preferred equity securities accruing contractual PIK dividend income to determine if there is reasonable doubt that amortized cost or capitalized PIK and non-cash dividend income will be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. When a preferred equity security is placed on non-accrual status, the contractual PIK dividend provision is no longer accrued to dividend income as of the date the preferred equity security is placed on non-accrual status. As of September 30, 2025, there was one preferred equity security on non-accrual status with a fair value of $ 0 . There were no preferred equity securities on non-accrual status as of September 30, 2024.

Asset Acquisition: Pursuant to the GCIC Merger Agreement, the GCIC Merger Sub was first merged with and into GCIC, with GCIC as the surviving company, and, immediately following this initial merger, GCIC was then merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company. Pursuant to the GBDC 3 Merger Agreement, the GBDC 3 Merger Sub was first merged with and into GBDC 3, with GBDC 3 as the surviving company and, immediately following this initial merger, GBDC 3 was then merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company. The GCIC Merger and the GBDC 3 Merger were accounted for under the asset acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 — Business Combinations — Related Issues (“ASC Topic 805”), also referred to as “asset acquisition.” Under the asset acquisition method of accounting, acquiring assets in groups not only requires ascertaining the cost of the asset (or net assets), but also allocating that cost to the individual assets (or individual assets and liabilities) that make up the group. Per ASC Topic 805, assets are recognized based on their cost to the acquiring entity, which generally includes transaction costs of the asset acquisition, and no gain or loss is recognized unless the fair value of non-cash assets given as consideration differs from the assets carrying amounts on the acquiring entity’s books.

The cost of the group of assets acquired in an asset acquisition is allocated to the individual assets acquired or liabilities assumed based on the relative fair values of net identifiable assets acquired other than “non-qualifying” assets (for example cash) and does not give rise to goodwill. To the extent that the consideration paid to GCIC or GBDC 3’s stockholders exceeded the relative fair values of the net identifiable assets of GCIC or GBDC 3 acquired other than “non-qualifying” assets, any such premium paid by the Company was further allocated to the cost of the GCIC or GBDC 3 assets acquired by the Company pro-rata to their relative fair value, other than “non-qualifying” assets. As both GCIC and GBDC 3 did not have any “qualifying” assets at the time of acquisition, the premium was allocated to “non-qualifying” assets, which are GCIC and GBDC 3’s investments in loans and equity securities, including its investment in GCIC SLF. Immediately following the acquisitions of GCIC and GBDC 3, the Company recorded its assets at their respective fair values and, as a result, the purchase premium allocated to the cost basis of the GCIC and GBDC 3 assets acquired were immediately recognized as unrealized depreciation on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations. The purchase premium allocated to investments in loan securities will amortize over the life of the loans through interest income, with a corresponding reversal of the unrealized depreciation on the loans acquired from GCIC and GBDC 3 through their ultimate disposition. Amortization expense of purchase premium for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $ 17,423 , $ 11,671 and $ 7,073 , respectively. The purchase premium allocated to investments in equity securities will not amortize over the life of the equity securities through interest income and, assuming no subsequent change to the fair value of the equity securities acquired from GCIC or GBDC 3 and disposition of such equity securities at fair value, the

---

Company will recognize a realized loss with a corresponding reversal of the unrealized depreciation upon disposition of the equity securities acquired from GCIC or GBDC 3.

Income taxes: The Company has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and operates in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify and be subject to tax as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to its stockholders of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code and determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, for each tax year. The Company has made, and intends to continue to make, the requisite distributions to its stockholders, which will generally relieve the Company from U.S. federal income taxes with respect to all income distributed to its stockholders.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company can determine to retain taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions and distribute such taxable income in the next tax year. The Company could then be required to incur a 4% excise tax on such income. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income, determined on a calendar year basis, could exceed estimated current calendar year dividend distributions, the Company accrues excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned. For the year ended September 30, 2025, the Company recorded a reversal of the accrual for U.S. federal excise tax expense of $ 475 . For the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, $ 1,124 and $ 3,682 , respectively, was recorded for U.S. federal excise tax.

The Company accounts for income taxes in conformity with ASC Topic 740 — Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). ASC Topic 740 provides guidelines for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax benefits of positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense or tax benefit in the current year. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material unrecognized tax benefits or unrecognized tax liabilities related to uncertain income tax positions through September 30, 2025. The Company’s tax returns for the 2022 through 2024 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities.

Certain of the Company's consolidated subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal and state corporate-level income taxes. Income tax expense, if any, is included under the income category for which it applies in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the year ended September 30, 2025, the Company did not record any U.S. income tax expense. For the year ended September 30, 2024, $ 71 was recorded for U.S. income tax expense. For the year ended September 30, 2023, the Company did not record any U.S. income tax expense.

Dividends and distributions: Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend or distribution is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company can retain such capital gains for investment in its discretion.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) that provides for reinvestment of any distributions the Company declares in cash on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes and the Company declares a cash distribution, then stockholders who participate in the DRIP will have their cash distribution reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution. The Company expects to use newly issued shares under the guidelines of the DRIP if the Company’s shares are trading at a premium to net asset value. The Company can purchase shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan, and in particular, if the Company’s shares are trading at a significant discount to net asset value (“NAV”) and the Company is otherwise permitted under applicable law to purchase such shares, the Company intends to purchase shares in the open market in connection with any obligations under the DRIP.

In the event the market price per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of a distribution exceeds the most recently computed NAV per share of the common stock, the Company will issue shares of common stock to participants in the DRIP at the greater of the most recently computed NAV per share of common stock or 95% of the

---

current market price per share of common stock (or such lesser discount to the current market price per share that still exceeds the most recently computed NAV per share of common stock).

Share repurchase plan: The Company has a share repurchase program (the “Program”) which allows the Company to repurchase the Company’s outstanding common stock on the open market at prices below the Company’s NAV as reported in its most recently published consolidated financial statements. The Board re-approved the Program in August 2025 and the Program is implemented at the discretion of management. Shares can be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market transactions, including block transactions. The Program permits repurchases up to $ 150,000 of the Company's common stock. Refer to Note 13 for more information on the share repurchases under the Program.

Equity Distribution Agreement : On October 6, 2023, the Company entered into an equity distribution agreement, which was most recently amended on May 16, 2025, (the “2023 Equity Distribution Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Regions Securities LLC (the “Placement Agents”), in connection with the sale by the Company of shares of its common stock, having an aggregate offering price of up to $ 288,043 , in an “at the market offering,” in amounts and at times to be determined by the Company. Through September 30, 2025, the Company has issued 2,408,940 of shares of its common stock for net proceeds to the Company of $ 38,043 under the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement. Actual sales, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined by the Company from time to time, including, among others, market conditions and the market price of the Company’s common stock. The 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement provides that the Company can offer and sell shares of its common stock from time to time through, or to, the Placement Agents. Sales of the shares can be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market,” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales made directly on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or any similar securities exchange or sales made to or through a market maker other than on a securities exchange, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Pursuant to the terms of the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement, the Placement Agents receive a commission from the Company of up to 1.50 % of the gross sales price of any shares sold through the Placement Agents under the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement. Offering costs for the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement are charged against the proceeds from equity offerings when proceeds are received. During the year ended September 30, 2025, the Company issued 2,408,940 shares of common stock under the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement. During the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not issue any shares of common stock under the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreements.

Deferred debt issuance costs: Deferred debt issuance costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the Company had deferred debt issuance costs of $ 26,005 and $ 25,361 , respectively.

These amounts are amortized and included in interest expense and other debt financing expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the estimated average life of the borrowings. Amortization expense for deferred debt issuance costs for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $ 9,995 , $ 9,237 and $ 7,380 , respectively.

Deferred offering costs: Deferred offering costs consist of fees paid in relation to legal, accounting, regulatory and printing work completed in preparation of equity offerings. Deferred offering costs are charged against the proceeds from equity offerings when received. These amounts are included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

---

Segment reporting: In accordance with ASC Topic 280 - Segment Reporting (“ASC Topic 280”), the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment. As a result, the Company’s segment accounting policies are the same as described herein and the Company does not have any intra-segment sales and transfers of assets.

The Company operates through a single operating and reporting segment with an investment objective to generate both current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. The chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is comprised of the senior executive committee that, as of September 30, 2025, includes the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer and assesses the performance and makes operating decisions of the Company on a consolidated basis primarily based on the Company’s net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations (“net income”). In addition to numerous other factors and metrics, the CODM utilizes net income as a key metric in evaluating the Company’s distribution policy. Performance metrics are provided to the CODM on a quarterly basis and are utilized to evaluate performance generated from segment net assets. As the Company’s operations comprise of a single reporting segment, the segment assets are reflected on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as “total assets” and the significant segment expenses are listed on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company has elected to early adopt ASC Topic 280 as of March 31, 2025.

Recent Accounting Updates: In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures . ASU No. 2023-09 requires additional disaggregated disclosures on the entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation and additional details on income taxes paid. ASU No. 2023-09 is effective on a prospective basis, with the option for retrospective application, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU No. 2023-09.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40). ASU No. 2024-03 requires disaggregated disclosure of certain costs and expenses, including purchase of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization and depletion, within relevant income statement captions. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU No. 2024-03.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory Agreement: Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, GBDC. The Board most recently re-approved the Investment Advisory Agreement in May 2025. The Investment Advisory Agreement amended the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement in order to incorporate changes to the calculation of the incentive fee rates and the incentive fee cap. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the incentive fee rates were reduced from 20.0 % to 15.0 %, and the incentive fee cap was reduced from 20.0 % to 15.0 %. None of the other material terms changed in the Investment Advisory Agreement as compared to the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement, including the services to be provided and the calculation of the base management fee. The Investment Advisory Agreement was entered into and effective as of June 3, 2024, the closing of the GBDC 3 Merger. On August 3, 2023, the Board approved, and the Company entered into, the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement with the Investment Adviser, effective as of July 1, 2023, pursuant to which the base management fee rate was reduced from 1.375 % to 1.0 %. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Investment Adviser receives fees for providing services, consisting of two components, a base management fee and an Incentive Fee (as defined below).

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.0 % (or 1.375 % for periods ending on or before June 30, 2023) of the fair value of the average adjusted gross assets of the Company at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets, leverage, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments and cash collateral on deposit for such derivative instruments with custodian but adjusted to exclude cash and cash equivalents so that investors do not pay the base management fee on such assets) and is payable quarterly in arrears. Additionally, the Investment Adviser voluntarily excludes any assets funded with secured borrowing proceeds from the base management fee calculation. The base management fee is adjusted, based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter, for any share issuances or repurchases during such calendar quarter. For

---

purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash equivalents mean U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 270 days of purchase (which is different than the GAAP definition, which defines cash equivalents as U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 90 days of purchase). To the extent that the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of the Company, the base management fee will be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to the Investment Adviser by such subsidiary for such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

The Investment Adviser served as collateral manager under the 2018 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7), the GCIC 2018 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7), the 2021 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7), the 2022 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7), and the 2022-2 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7), prior to their redemption, and serves as the collateral manager under the 2024 Collateral Management Agreement (as described in Note 7). Fees payable to the Investment Adviser for providing these services are offset against the base management fee payable by the Company under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The base management fee incurred for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $ 87,891 , $ 62,514 , and $ 70,802 , respectively.

The Company has structured the calculation of the Incentive Fee to include a fee limitation such that an Incentive Fee for any quarter can only be paid to the Investment Adviser if, after such payment, the cumulative Incentive Fees paid to the Investment Adviser, calculated on a per share basis, since April 13, 2010, the effective date of the Company’s election to become a BDC, would be less than or equal to 15.0 % of the Company’s Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income Per Share (as defined below).

The Company accomplishes this limitation by subjecting each quarterly Incentive Fee payable under the Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation (as defined below) to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to the difference between (a) 15.0 % of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income Per Share (as defined below) and (b) Cumulative Incentive Fees Paid Per Share (as defined below). To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no Incentive Fee would be payable in that quarter. If, for any relevant period, the Incentive Fee Cap calculation results in the Company paying less than the amount of the Incentive Fee calculated above, then the difference between the Incentive Fee and the Incentive Fee Cap will not be paid by GBDC and will not be received by the Investment Adviser as an Incentive Fee either at the end of such relevant period or at the end of any future period. “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income Per Share” equals the sum of “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income Per Share” (as defined below) for each quarterly period since April 13, 2010. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income Per Share” equals the sum of (i) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (as defined below) and (ii) Adjusted Capital Returns for the applicable period, divided by (b) the weighted average number of shares of GBDC common stock outstanding during such period. “Adjusted Capital Returns” for any period is the sum of the realized aggregate capital gains, realized aggregate capital losses, aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and aggregate unrealized capital appreciation for such period; provided that the calculation of realized aggregate capital gains, realized aggregate capital losses, aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and aggregate unrealized capital appreciation shall not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation resulting solely from the asset acquisition for any premium or discount paid for the acquisition of assets in a merger. “Cumulative Incentive Fees Paid Per Share” is equal to the sum of Incentive Fees Paid Per Share since April 13, 2010. “Incentive Fees Paid Per Share” for any period is equal to the Incentive Fees accrued and/or payable to the Company for such period, divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock of GBDC during such period.

“Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of

---

investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

Incentive Fees are calculated and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date).

The income and capital gains incentive fee calculation (the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation”) has two parts, the income component (the “Income Incentive Fee”) and the capital gains component (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee” and, together with the Income Incentive Fee, the “Incentive Fee”). The Income Incentive Fee is calculated quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Income Incentive Fee incurred was $ 73,282 , $ 77,163 and $ 74,066 , respectively.

On January 16, 2024, the Investment Adviser agreed to irrevocably waive any incentive fees payable under the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement in excess of 15 % and waive incentive fees in excess of an incentive fee cap that was also reduced to 15 %, in each case effective as of January 1, 2024, for periods ending on or prior to the earlier of (i) the closing of the acquisition of GBDC 3 pursuant to the GBDC 3 Merger Agreement or (ii) the termination of the GBDC 3 Merger Agreement (the “Waiver Period”), in accordance with the terms of a waiver letter agreement (the “GBDC 3 Merger Waiver”) to the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement. During the Waiver Period, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger Waiver, fees that were payable to the Investment Adviser under the Prior Investment Advisory Agreement, net of the GBDC 3 Merger Waiver, equaled those that were payable under the Post-GBDC 3 Merger Advisory Agreement. During the year ended September 30, 2024, the Investment Adviser irrevocably waived $ 5,157 of income incentive fees under the GBDC 3 Merger Waiver.

In addition, the Investment Adviser unilaterally agreed to irrevocably waive 100% of the Income Incentive Fee payable to the Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $ 7,767 for the three months ended September 30, 2024.

For the year ended September 30, 2024, the Investment Adviser irrevocably waived income incentive fees, including the GBDC 3 Merger Waiver, of $ 27,324 .

The Investment Advisory Agreement excludes the impact of asset acquisition resulting from a merger, including each of the GCIC Merger and GBDC 3 Merger, from the calculation of income subject to the Income Incentive Fee and the calculation of the Incentive Fee Cap. As a result, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation or any amortization or accretion of any purchase premium or discount to interest income solely from the asset acquisition for any premium or discount paid for the acquisition of assets in a merger, such as the premium to net asset value paid for the shares of GCIC and GBDC 3 common stock in the GCIC Merger and GBDC 3 Merger. Because of the structure of the Income Incentive Fee, it is possible that an Incentive Fee is calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which the Company has incurred a loss. For example, if the Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the Income Incentive Fee will result in a positive value and an Incentive Fee will be paid even if the Company has incurred a loss in such period due to realized and/or unrealized capital losses unless the payment of such Incentive Fee would cause the Company to pay Incentive Fees on a cumulative basis that exceed the Incentive Fee Cap.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any Incentive Fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.0 % quarterly.

If market interest rates rise, it is possible that the Company will be able to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for the Investment Adviser to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an Incentive Fee based on such net investment income.

---

The Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of the Company’s total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and securitization-related assets, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments and cash collateral on deposit with custodian) used to calculate the base management fee annua l rate.

For periods ended on or before March 31, 2024, the Company calculated the Income Incentive Fee with respect to its Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:

• Zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income did not exceed the hurdle rate;

• 100 % of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5 % in any calendar quarter. This portion of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5 %) is referred to as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide the Investment Adviser with 20.0 % of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.5 % in any calendar quarter; and
20.0 % of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.5 % in any calendar quarter.

For periods ended after June 3, 2024, commencing with the three months ended June 30, 2024, the Company calculated the Income Incentive Fee with respect to its Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrea rs, as follows:

• Zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;

• 100 % of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than the percentage at which amounts payable to the Adviser equals 15.0 % of the Company's Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. This portion of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income is referred to as the “catch-up” provision. The catch-up is meant to provide the Investment Adviser with 15.0 % of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply; and

• 15.0 % of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the catch-up provision in any calendar quarter.

The Capital Gain Incentive Fee equals (a) 15.0 % of the Company’s Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base (as defined below), if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), which commenced with the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. The Company’s “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base” equals (1) the sum of (A) realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from the date the Company elected to become a BDC through the end of each calendar year, (B) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (C) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis less (2) all unamortized deferred debt issuance costs, if and to the extent such costs exceed all unrealized capital appreciation on a cumulative basis.

• The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

• The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

• The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in the Company’s portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.

---

Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investments, foreign currencies, including gains and losses on borrowings in foreign currencies, derivative contracts and any income tax related to cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not accrue a Capital Gain Incentive Fee. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, there was no Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable as calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement as described above. Any payment due for a Capital Gain Incentive Fee under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement is calculated in arrears at the end of each calendar year.

In accordance with GAAP, the Company also is required to include the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation on investments in the calculation and accrue a capital gain incentive fee on a quarterly basis as if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, as applicable. If the Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base, adjusted as required by GAAP to include unrealized capital appreciation, is positive at the end of a period, then GAAP requires the Company to accrue a capital gain incentive fee equal to 15 % of such amount, less the aggregate amount of the actual Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid and capital gain incentive fees accrued under GAAP in all prior periods. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. The resulting accrual under GAAP in a given period results in additional expense if such cumulative amount is greater than in the prior period or a reversal of previously recorded expense if such cumulative amount is less than in the prior period. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not accrue a capital gain incentive fee under GAAP. Changes in the accrual for the capital gain incentive fee under GAAP are included in incentive fee in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, there was no cumulative accrual of capital gain incentive fees under GAAP included in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Administration Agreement: Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes the Company with office facilities and equipment, provides the Company with clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provides the Company with other administrative services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, determines necessary to conduct the Company’s day-to-day operations. The Company reimburses the Administrator the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. The Board reviews such expenses to determine that these expenses, including any allocation of expenses among the Company and other entities for which the Administrator provides similar services, are reasonable and comparable to administrative services charged by unaffiliated third-party asset managers. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator also provides, on the Company’s behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance and will be paid an additional amount based on the cost of the services provided, which amount shall not exceed the amount the Company receives from such portfolio companies.

Included in accounts payable and other liabilities is $ 3,022 and $ 2,840 as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively, for accrued allocated shared services under the Administration Agreement.

Other related party transactions: The Administrator pays for certain unaffiliated third-party expenses incurred by the Company. Such expenses include postage, printing, office supplies, rating agency fees and professional fees. These expenses are not marked-up and represent the same amount the Company would have paid had the Company paid the expenses directly. These expenses are subsequently reimbursed in cash.

Total expenses reimbursed to the Administrator during the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $ 8,347 , $ 12,959 and $ 8,158 , respectively.

As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, included in accounts payable and other liabilities were $ 2,527 and $ 2,658 , respectively, for expenses paid on behalf of the Company by the Administrator.

The Company is party to an unsecured revolving credit facility with the Investment Adviser (as amended, the “Adviser Revolver”) which, as of September 30, 2025 permits the Company to borrow a maximum of $ 300,000 and

---

expires on June 13, 2032. As of September 30, 2024, the Company was permitted to borrow a maximum of $ 200,000 under the Adviser Revolver. Refer to Note 7 for discussion of the Adviser Revolver.

Effective June 3, 2024, the Company assumed, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, an unsecured revolving credit facility with the Investment Adviser (“GBDC 3 Adviser Revolver”) that had a credit limit of $ 100,000 . The GBDC 3 Adviser Revolver was terminated on June 11, 2024.

On June 3, 2024, the Company completed its acquisition of GBDC 3. Refer to Note 15 for more information regarding the GBDC 3 Merger.

Note 4. Investments

Investments as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 consisted of the following:

			As of September 30, 2025																		As of September 30, 2024
			Principal						Amortized Cost						Fair Value						Principal						Amortized Cost						Fair Value
Senior secured			$	448,400					$	444,061					$	442,477					$	510,503					$	506,178					$	502,386
One stop			7,735,754						7,633,999						7,615,809						7,271,543						7,216,368						7,110,258
Second lien			31,317						29,607						26,409						18,430						17,125						14,054
Subordinated debt			38,444						38,027						38,412						30,410						29,943						30,175
Equity			N/A						614,244						646,282						N/A						533,299						578,538
Total			$	8,253,915					$	8,759,938					$	8,769,389					$	7,830,886					$	8,302,913					$	8,235,411

---

The following tables show the portfolio composition by geographic region at amortized cost and fair value as a percentage of total investments in portfolio companies. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company, which is not always indicative of the primary source of the portfolio company’s business.

			As of September 30, 2025												As of September 30, 2024
Amortized Cost:
United States
Southeast			$	1,756,509					20.0		%				$	1,638,221					19.7		%
Mid-Atlantic			1,621,070						18.5						1,502,136						18.1
Midwest			1,395,381						15.9						1,391,538						16.8
West			1,345,106						15.4						1,133,878						13.7
Southwest			1,055,464						12.0						1,041,814						12.5
Northeast			472,221						5.4						713,024						8.6
United Kingdom			399,688						4.6						395,769						4.8
Canada			337,991						3.9						182,002						2.2
Germany			81,459						0.9						19,896						0.2
Finland			78,934						0.9						52,670						0.6
Jersey			57,493						0.7						—						—
Australia			54,443						0.6						20,909						0.2
Sweden			35,269						0.4						33,243						0.4
France			20,285						0.2						17,820						0.2
Israel			17,384						0.2						855						0.0		*
Netherlands			12,835						0.1						95,950						1.2
Spain			8,930						0.1						—						—
Denmark			4,866						0.1						4,860						0.1
Luxembourg			4,610						0.1						58,328						0.7
Total			$	8,759,938					100.0		%				$	8,302,913					100.0		%
Fair Value:
United States
Southeast			$	1,741,027					19.8		%				$	1,634,599					19.8		%
Mid-Atlantic			1,641,053						18.7						1,506,726						18.3
Midwest			1,399,325						16.0						1,352,353						16.4
West			1,347,579						15.4						1,130,497						13.7
Southwest			1,028,584						11.7						1,020,950						12.4
Northeast			472,847						5.4						713,123						8.7
United Kingdom			407,437						4.6						395,840						4.8
Canada			332,821						3.8						178,003						2.2
Finland			88,087						1.0						56,608						0.7
Germany			87,711						1.0						20,493						0.3
Jersey			59,437						0.7						—						—
Australia			54,102						0.6						20,113						0.2
Sweden			37,383						0.4						34,709						0.4
France			22,233						0.2						18,346						0.2
Israel			17,757						0.2						1,008						0.0		*
Netherlands			13,210						0.2						89,708						1.1
Spain			9,085						0.1						—						—
Luxembourg			4,890						0.1						57,439						0.7
Denmark			4,821						0.1						4,896						0.1
Total			$	8,769,389					100.0		%				$	8,235,411					100.0		%

* Represents an amount less than 0.1%

---

The industry compositions of the portfolio at amortized cost and fair value as a percentage of total investments in portfolio companies as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 were as follows:

			As of September 30, 2025												As of September 30, 2024
Amortized Cost:
Aerospace & Defense			$	54,719					0.6		%				$	39,344					0.5		%
Air Freight & Logistics			52,825						0.6						—						—
Airlines			8,930						0.1						8,808						0.1
Auto Components			39,106						0.4						48,377						0.6
Automobiles			418,536						4.8						390,804						4.7
Banks			12,895						0.1						2,094						0.0		*
Beverages			79,802						0.9						82,478						1.0
Biotechnology			2,000						0.0		*				1,993						0.0		*
Building Products			62,749						0.7						60,815						0.7
Capital Markets			14,049						0.2						2,557						0.0		*
Chemicals			142,340						1.6						133,436						1.6
Commercial Services & Supplies			217,458						2.5						198,252						2.4
Communications Equipment			16,529						0.2						16,519						0.2
Construction & Engineering			12,648						0.1						4,042						0.1
Containers & Packaging			111,514						1.3						102,694						1.3
Diversified Consumer Services			466,558						5.3						391,054						4.7
Diversified Financial Services			171,432						2.0						90,456						1.1
Diversified Telecommunication Services			1,525						0.0		*				1,521						0.0		*
Electric Utilities			7,093						0.1						—						—
Electrical Equipment			25,139						0.3						1,406						0.0		*
Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components			33,484						0.4						33,600						0.4
Energy Equipment & Services			4,355						0.0		*				4,543						0.1
Food & Staples Retailing			30,214						0.3						21,957						0.3
Food Products			225,050						2.6						260,340						3.1
Healthcare Equipment & Supplies			325,894						3.7						270,891						3.3
Healthcare Providers & Services			650,544						7.4						559,659						6.7
Healthcare Technology			401,952						4.6						315,628						3.8
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure			271,432						3.1						271,416						3.3
Household Products			9,511						0.1						8,636						0.1
Industrial Conglomerates			84,797						1.0						72,399						0.9
Insurance			425,336						4.9						460,242						5.5
Internet & Direct Marketing Retail			103,716						1.2						103,829						1.3
IT Services			280,208						3.2						294,569						3.5
Leisure Products			14,582						0.2						69,755						0.8
Life Sciences Tools & Services			126,213						1.4						115,691						1.4
Machinery			30,878						0.4						30,586						0.4
Marine			34,593						0.4						35,033						0.4
Media			18,138						0.2						13,883						0.2
Multiline Retail			32,524						0.4						43,416						0.5
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels			9,925						0.1						85,736						1.0
Paper & Forest Products			18,298						0.2						18,771						0.2
Personal Products			23,887						0.3						36,460						0.4
Pharmaceuticals			321,121						3.7						257,011						3.1
Professional Services			217,398						2.5						217,009						2.6
Real Estate Management & Development			112,592						1.3						211,484						2.6
Road & Rail			43,171						0.5						41,776						0.5
Software			2,362,302						27.0						2,229,206						26.9
Specialty Retail			450,181						5.1						476,296						5.7
Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods			43,744						0.5						43,892						0.5
Trading Companies & Distributors			56,605						0.6						55,166						0.7
Transportation Infrastructure			8,904						0.1						—						—
Water Utilities			70,542						0.8						67,383						0.8
Total			$	8,759,938					100.0		%				$	8,302,913					100.0		%

* Represents an amount less than 0.1%.

---

			As of September 30, 2025												As of September 30, 2024
Fair Value:
Aerospace & Defense			$	54,528					0.6		%				$	40,073					0.5		%
Air Freight & Logistics			54,006						0.6						—						—
Airlines			9,085						0.1						8,547						0.1
Auto Components			32,910						0.4						45,376						0.6
Automobiles			417,389						4.8						389,281						4.7
Banks			12,951						0.1						2,076						0.0		*
Beverages			71,405						0.8						76,785						0.9
Biotechnology			149						0.0		*				764						0.0		*
Building Products			62,640						0.7						59,962						0.7
Capital Markets			14,115						0.2						2,540						0.0		*
Chemicals			137,323						1.6						119,535						1.5
Commercial Services & Supplies			219,594						2.5						198,921						2.4
Communications Equipment			16,585						0.2						16,494						0.2
Construction & Engineering			12,728						0.1						4,050						0.0		*
Containers & Packaging			111,548						1.3						101,467						1.2
Diversified Consumer Services			462,485						5.3						385,797						4.7
Diversified Financial Services			175,762						2.0						90,588						1.1
Diversified Telecommunication Services			1,529						0.0		*				1,529						0.0		*
Electric Utilities			7,445						0.1						—						—
Electrical Equipment			25,587						0.3						1,425						0.0		*
Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components			34,220						0.4						34,420						0.4
Energy Equipment & Services			2,089						0.0		*				1,793						0.0		*
Food & Staples Retailing			30,171						0.3						22,811						0.3
Food Products			231,437						2.6						258,812						3.1
Healthcare Equipment & Supplies			332,338						3.8						264,737						3.2
Healthcare Providers & Services			645,551						7.4						545,927						6.6
Healthcare Technology			406,376						4.6						317,594						3.9
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure			272,038						3.1						271,656						3.3
Household Products			9,564						0.1						8,636						0.1
Industrial Conglomerates			90,985						1.0						72,439						0.9
Insurance			426,028						4.9						458,447						5.6
Internet & Direct Marketing Retail			87,060						1.0						108,880						1.3
IT Services			292,679						3.3						302,581						3.7
Leisure Products			16,174						0.2						71,152						0.9
Life Sciences Tools & Services			128,419						1.5						113,608						1.4
Machinery			30,896						0.3						29,750						0.4
Marine			34,116						0.4						34,517						0.4
Media			17,634						0.2						13,717						0.2
Multiline Retail			33,243						0.4						31,866						0.4
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels			9,149						0.1						85,689						1.0
Paper & Forest Products			18,524						0.2						18,727						0.2
Personal Products			23,769						0.3						32,813						0.4
Pharmaceuticals			322,002						3.7						254,314						3.1
Professional Services			221,818						2.5						218,402						2.7
Real Estate Management & Development			112,254						1.3						211,343						2.6
Road & Rail			42,612						0.5						41,172						0.5
Software			2,387,723						27.2						2,229,502						27.1
Specialty Retail			436,744						5.0						473,726						5.8
Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods			41,934						0.5						43,633						0.5
Trading Companies & Distributors			52,247						0.6						50,288						0.6
Transportation Infrastructure			8,856						0.1						—						—
Water Utilities			70,975						0.8						67,249						0.8
Total			$	8,769,389					100.0		%				$	8,235,411					100.0		%

* Represents an amount less than 0.1%.

---

Note 5. Derivatives

The Company enters into derivatives from time to time to help mitigate its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposures.

Forward Currency Contracts

The outstanding forward currency contracts as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 were as follows:

As of September 30, 2025
Counterparty						Currency to be sold									Currency to be purchased									Settlement date						Unrealized appreciation						Unrealized depreciation
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	3,900		EUR						4,371			USD						1/30/2026						$	—					$	( 235 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						£	21,900		GBP						27,811			USD						2/2/2026						—						( 1,615 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	35,000		EUR						39,008			USD						2/5/2026						—						( 2,338 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						A$	26,100		AUD						17,179			USD						2/5/2026						—						( 109 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	14,650		EUR						16,498			USD						5/12/2027						—						( 1,079 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	20,300		EUR						22,346			USD						5/27/2027						—						( 1,990 )
																														$	—					$	( 7,366 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						€	22,000		EUR						24,594			USD						1/20/2026						$	—					$	( 1,367 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						€	23,750		EUR						26,543			USD						1/20/2026						—						( 1,483 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						$	7,400		CAD						5,533			USD						2/2/2026						185						—
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						£	21,900		GBP						27,746			USD						2/5/2026						—						( 1,672 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						€	33,200		EUR						39,008			USD						5/27/2027						—						( 910 )
																														$	185					$	( 5,432 )

---

As of September 30, 2024
Counterparty						Currency to be sold									Currency to be purchased									Settlement date						Unrealized appreciation						Unrealized depreciation
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	14,650		EUR						$	17,567		USD						11/12/2024						$	1,225					$	—
Macquarie Bank Limited						$	5,200		CAD						$	4,245		USD						12/9/2024						390						—
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	12,400		EUR						$	14,586		USD						12/23/2024						732						—
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	7,900		EUR						$	8,682		USD						2/5/2025						—						( 152 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	26,000		EUR						$	31,803		USD						2/27/2025						2,654						—
Macquarie Bank Limited						£	5,600		GBP						$	7,321		USD						3/17/2025						—						( 152 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						£	13,945		GBP						$	19,149		USD						3/31/2025						522						—
Macquarie Bank Limited						$	7,000		CAD						$	5,386		USD						7/18/2025						172						—
Macquarie Bank Limited						£	8,750		GBP						$	10,667		USD						7/21/2025						—						( 964 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	20,700		EUR						$	22,363		USD						7/21/2025						—						( 894 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	10,100		EUR						$	10,918		USD						7/21/2025						—						( 430 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	16,100		EUR						$	17,902		USD						7/30/2025						—						( 209 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	3,900		EUR						$	4,371		USD						1/30/2026						—						( 45 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						£	21,900		GBP						$	27,811		USD						2/2/2026						—						( 1,244 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						€	35,000		EUR						$	39,008		USD						2/5/2026						—						( 618 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						A$	26,100		AUD						$	17,179		USD						2/5/2026						—						( 761 )
																														$	5,695					$	( 5,469 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						€	22,000		EUR						$	24,594		USD						1/20/2026						$	—					$	( 387 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						€	23,750		EUR						$	26,543		USD						1/20/2026						—						( 425 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						$	7,400		CAD						$	5,533		USD						2/2/2026						—						( 4 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						£	21,900		GBP						$	27,811		USD						2/5/2026						—						( 1,406 )
																														$	—					$	( 2,222 )

The impact of forward currency contracts not designated as an effective hedge accounting relationship for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, including realized and unrealized gains (losses) is summarized in the table below:

Realized gain (loss) on forward currency contracts recognized in income
Risk exposure category									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Foreign exchange															$	4,168					$	3,646					$	2,711
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on forward currency contracts recognized in income
Risk exposure category									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Foreign exchange															$	( 8,542 )					$	( 19,011 )					$	( 17,392 )

---

The following table is a summary of the average outstanding daily volume for forward currency contracts for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

Average U.S. Dollar notional outstanding									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Forward currency contracts															$	310,507					$	379,494					$	221,448

Interest Rate Swaps

In connection with the 2028 Notes and 2029 Notes (each as defined in Note 7), the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to more closely align the interest rate of such liability with its investment portfolio, which consists primarily of floating rate loans. The Company designated these interest rate swaps and the 2028 and 2029 Notes as a qualifying fair value hedge accounting relationship. See Note 7 for more information on the 2028 and 2029 Notes. As of September 30, 2025, the counterparties to the Company’s interest rate swap agreements were SMBC Capital Markets, Inc. and Macquarie Bank Limited. The outstanding interest rate swaps as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 were as follows:

As of September 30, 2025
Counterparty						Hedged item						Company receives						Company pays									Maturity date						Notional amount						Unrealized appreciation						Unrealized depreciation
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2028 Notes						7.310 %						1M SOFR+			3.327		%				11/5/2028						$	225,000					$	3,513					$	—
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2028 Notes						7.310 %						1M SOFR+			2.835		%				11/5/2028						225,000						6,772						—
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2028 Notes						5.050 %						D SOFR+			1.723		%				12/5/2028						250,000						—						( 689 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2029 Notes						6.248 %						1M SOFR+			2.444		%				6/15/2029						600,000						7,780						—
																																							$	18,065					$	( 689 )
Macquarie Bank Limited						2029 Notes						5.881 %						3M SOFR+			2.012		%				6/15/2029						150,000						$	2,343					$	—
																																							$	2,343					$	—

As of September 30, 2024
Counterparty						Hedged item						Company receives						Company pays									Maturity date						Notional amount						Unrealized appreciation						Unrealized depreciation
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2028 Notes						7.310 %						1M SOFR+			3.327		%				11/5/2028						$	225,000					$	8,925					$	—
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2028 Notes						7.310 %						1M SOFR+			2.835		%				11/5/2028						225,000						13,298						—
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc						2029 Notes						6.248 %						1M SOFR+			2.444		%				6/15/2029						600,000						9,263						—
																																							$	31,486					$	—

As a result of the Company’s designation as a hedging instrument in a qualifying fair value hedge accounting relationship, the Company is required to fair value the hedging instrument and the related hedged item, with the changes in the fair value of each being recorded in interest and other debt financing expenses. The net unrealized gain/(loss) related to the fair value hedge was ($ 4,557 ) and $ 4,598 , respectively, for the years ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively. The net unrealized gain /(loss) related to the fair value hedge is included in “Interest and other debt financing expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. The table below presents the components of the net unrealized gain /(loss) related to the fair value hedge recognized for the hedging instrument, the interest rate swaps, and the hedged items, the 2028 and 2029 Notes, from derivatives designated in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship for the years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.

												Year ended September 30,
																		2025						2024
Hedging Instruments (Interest rate swaps)																		$	( 11,767 )					$	31,486
Hedged items (Unsecured notes)																		7,210						( 26,888 )
Fair market value adjustments for hedge accounting recognized in interest expense																		$	( 4,557 )					$	4,598

---

The table below presents the carrying value of the 2028 and 2029 Notes as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 that are designated in qualifying hedging relationships and the related cumulative hedging adjustment (increase/(decrease)) from the current hedging relationships included in such carrying value:

						As of September 30, 2025												As of September 30, 2024
Description						Carrying Value						Cumulative Hedging Adjustment						Carrying Value						Cumulative Hedging Adjustment
2028 Notes						$	720,521					$	9,445					$	460,642					$	14,675
2029 Notes						756,102						10,232						606,271						12,213

Offsetting Derivatives

In order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Company mitigate its counterparty risk, the Company has entered into an International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Master Agreement (“ISDA Master Agreement”) with each of its derivative counterparties, Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”) and SMBC Capital Markets, Inc. (“SMBC” and, together with Macquarie, the “Counterparties” and each a “Counterparty”). Each ISDA Master Agreement is a bilateral agreement between the Company and each Counterparty that governs over the counter (“OTC”) derivatives, including forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, and contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions in the event of a default and/or termination event. The provisions of each ISDA Master Agreements with each of the Counterparties permits a single net payment in the event of a default (close-out netting) or similar event, including the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty.

For financial reporting purposes, cash collateral that has been pledged to cover obligations of the Company and cash collateral received from either Counterparty, if any, is included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as other assets or other accounts payable and other liabilities. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, there was $ 4,890 and $ 650 , respectively, of collateral pledged for derivatives which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk by only entering into agreements with counterparties that it believes to be of good standing and by monitoring the financial stability of those counterparties.

The following table is intended to provide additional information about the effect of the offsetting derivative contracts on the consolidated financial statements of the Company including: the location of those fair values on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and the Company’s gross and net amount of assets and liabilities available for offset under netting arrangements as well as any related collateral received or pledged by the Company as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

---

As of September 30, 2025
Counterparty						Statement of Financial Condition Location of Amounts						Gross Amount of Recognized Assets						Gross Amount of Recognized (Liabilities)						Net amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition			Collateral (Received) / Pledged (1)						Net Amounts (2)
Macquarie Bank Limited						Net unrealized depreciation on derivatives						$	2,343					$	( 7,366 )					$	( 5,023 )		$	4,890					$	( 133 )
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						Net unrealized appreciation on derivatives						18,250						( 6,121 )						12,129			—						12,129

As of September 30, 2024
Counterparty						Statement of Financial Condition Location of Amounts						Gross Amount of Recognized Assets						Gross Amount of Recognized (Liabilities)						Net amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition			Collateral (Received) / Pledged (1)						Net Amounts (2)
Macquarie Bank Limited						Net unrealized appreciation on derivatives						$	5,695					$	( 5,469 )					$	226		$	—					$	226
SMBC Capital Markets, Inc.						Net unrealized appreciation on derivatives						31,486						( 2,222 )						29,264			—						29,264

(1) The actual collateral pledged could be more than the amount shown due to over collateralization.

(2) Represents the net amount due from/(to) counterparties in the event of default.

Exclusion of the Investment Adviser from Commodity Pool Operator Definition

Engaging in commodity interest transactions such as swap transactions or futures contracts for the Company could cause the Investment Adviser to fall within the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) regulations. The Investment Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA and the CFTC regulations in connection with its management of the Company and, therefore, is not subject to CFTC registration or regulation under the CEA as a commodity pool operator with respect to its management of the Company.

Note 6. Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows ASC Topic 820 for measuring fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the assets or liabilities or market and the assets’ or liabilities’ complexity. Effective August 2, 2024, the Board designated the Investment Adviser as the Company’s Valuation Designee in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. The Company’s fair value analysis, currently undertaken by the Valuation Designee, includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Assets and liabilities are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

---

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2: Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets or liabilities. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and require significant management judgment or estimation.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an asset’s or a liability’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Currently, the Valuation Designee assesses the levels of assets and liabilities at each measurement date, and transfers between levels are recognized on the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfers. There were no transfers among Level 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities during the years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024. The following section describes the valuation techniques used to measure different assets and liabilities at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the assets and liabilities are categorized.

Investments

Level 1 investments are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities. Level 3 investments are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Valuation Designee, based on input of the Valuation Designee’s personnel and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the Valuation Designee to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least every other quarter under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with each portfolio investment being reviewed at least every other quarter (subject to a de minimis threshold) with approximately 50% (based on the fair value of the portfolio company investments) of the Company’s valuations of debt and equity investments without readily available market quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm. All investments as of September 30, 2025 were valued using Level 3 inputs. All investments as of September 30, 2024, with the exception of one portfolio company investment (Level 1 investments), were valued using Level 3 inputs. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, all money market funds included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents were valued using Level 1 inputs and all forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps were valued using Level 2 inputs.

When determining fair value of Level 3 debt and equity investments, the Valuation Designee takes into account the following factors, where relevant: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded securities, and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that affect the price at which similar investments are made and other relevant factors. The primary method for determining enterprise value uses a multiple analysis whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). A portfolio company’s EBITDA can include pro-forma adjustments for items such as acquisitions, divestitures, or expense reductions. The enterprise value analysis is performed to determine the value of equity investments and to determine if debt investments are credit impaired. If debt investments are credit impaired, the Valuation Designee will use the enterprise value analysis or a liquidation basis analysis to determine fair value. For debt investments that are not determined to be credit impaired, the Valuation Designee uses a market interest rate yield analysis to determine fair value.

---

In addition, for certain debt investments, the Valuation Designee bases its valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others could be willing to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others could be willing to accept. The Valuation Designee generally uses the midpoint of the bid/ask range as its best estimate of fair value of such investment.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of Level 3 investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments could differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and could differ materially from the values that are ultimately received or settled. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded instruments. If the Company were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, the Company could realize significantly less than the value at which such investment had previously been recorded. The Company’s investments are subject to market risk. Market risk is the potential for changes in the value due to market changes. Market risk is directly impacted by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the investments are traded.

The following tables present fair value measurements of the Company’s investments and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024:

As of September 30, 2025						Fair Value Measurements Using
Description						Level 1						Level 2						Level 3						Total
Assets, at fair value:
Debt investments (1)						$	—					$	—					$	8,123,107					$	8,123,107
Equity investments (1)						—						—						646,282						646,282
Money market funds (1)(2)						93,656						—						—						93,656
Forward currency contracts						—						185						—						185
Interest rate swaps						—						20,408						—						20,408
Total assets, at fair value:						$	93,656					$	20,593					$	8,769,389					$	8,883,638
Liabilities, at fair value:
Forward currency contracts						$	—					$	( 12,798 )					$	—					$	( 12,798 )
Interest rate swaps						—						( 689 )						—						( 689 )
Total liabilities, at fair value:						$	—					$	( 13,487 )					$	—					$	( 13,487 )

As of September 30, 2024						Fair Value Measurements Using
Description						Level 1						Level 2						Level 3						Total
Assets, at fair value:
Debt investments (1)						$	—					$	—					$	7,656,873					$	7,656,873
Equity investments (1)						118						—						578,420						578,538
Money market funds (1)(2)						213,101						—						—						213,101
Forward currency contracts						—						5,695						—						5,695
Interest rate swaps						—						31,486						—						31,486
Total assets, at fair value:						$	213,219					$	37,181					$	8,235,293					$	8,485,693
Liabilities at fair value:
Forward currency contracts						$	—					$	( 7,691 )					$	—					$	( 7,691 )
Total liabilities, at fair value:						$	—					$	( 7,691 )					$	—					$	( 7,691 )

(1) Refer to the Consolidated Schedules of Investments for further details.

(2) Included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

---

The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024, 2023 reported within the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations attributable to the Company’s Level 3 assets held at the end of each year was $ 10,851 , ($ 25,138 ) and $ 1,324 , respectively.

The following tables present the changes in investments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024:

			For the year ended September 30, 2025
			Debt Investments						Equity Investments						Total Investments
Fair value, beginning of period			$	7,656,873					$	578,420					$	8,235,293
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			63,763						( 13,181 )						50,582
Net translation of investments in foreign currencies			26,391						( 14 )						26,377
Realized gain (loss) on investments			( 72,430 )						240						( 72,190 )
Realized gain (loss) on translation of investments in foreign currencies			( 1,378 )						( 10 )						( 1,388 )
Fundings of (proceeds from) revolving loans, net			6,253						—						6,253
Fundings of investments			1,860,091						92,482						1,952,573
PIK interest and non-cash dividends			55,390						30,707						86,097
Proceeds from non-cash dividends			—						( 6,436 )						( 6,436 )
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments			( 1,480,752 )						( 35,926 )						( 1,516,678 )
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums			8,906						—						8,906
Fair value, end of period			$	8,123,107					$	646,282					$	8,769,389

			For the year ended September 30, 2024
			Debt Investments						Equity Investments						Total Investments
Fair value, beginning of period			$	5,219,183					$	297,330					$	5,516,513
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			( 41,723 )						9,668						( 32,055 )
Net translation of investments in foreign currencies			41,755						2						41,757
Realized gain (loss) on investments			( 82,925 )						1,348						( 81,577 )
Realized gain (loss) on translation of investments in foreign currencies			( 8,211 )						—						( 8,211 )
Funding of (proceeds from) revolving loans, net			2,596						—						2,596
Fundings of investments			1,186,368						113,565						1,299,933
PIK interest and non-cash dividends			52,552						21,263						73,815
Proceeds from non-cash dividends			—						( 47 )						( 47 )
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments			( 1,250,895 )						( 11,989 )						( 1,262,884 )
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums			10,403						—						10,403
Transfers in - GBDC 3 Merger			2,527,770						147,280						2,675,050
Fair value, end of period			$	7,656,873					$	578,420					$	8,235,293

---

The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs of the Company’s Level 3 investments as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Fair value as of September 30, 2025

Valuation Techniques

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average) (1)

Assets:

Senior secured loans (2)

$

442,477

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

7.3 % - 17.0 % ( 9.1 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

3.5 x - 26.3 x ( 14.2 x)

One stop loans (3)(4)

$

7,603,780

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

3.8 % - 20.5 % ( 9.1 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

3.9 x - 39.2 x ( 15.7 x)

Revenue multiples

1.4 x - 15.0 x ( 8.0 x)

12,029

Broker/dealer bids or quotes

Broker/dealer bids or quotes

N/A

Subordinated debt and second lien loans (5)

$

64,821

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

8.8 % - 22.0 % ( 11.1 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

4.0 x - 24.0 x ( 15.5 x)

Equity (6)

$

646,282

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

4.0 x - 39.2 x ( 16.4 x)

Revenue multiples

1.4 x - 21.3 x ( 8.8 x)

(1) Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments.

(2) $ 67 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(3) $ 46,465 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(4) The Company valued $ 6,600,901 and $ 1,002,879 of one stop loans using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively. All one stop loans were also valued using the market rate approach.

(5) $ 132 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(6) The Company valued $ 563,467 and $ 82,815 of equity investments using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively.

---

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Fair value as of September 30, 2024

Valuation Techniques

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average) (1)

Assets:

Senior secured loans (2)

$

502,386

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

6.5 % - 20.3 % ( 10.5 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

1.5 x - 24.0 x ( 12.3 x)

One stop loans (3)(4)

$

7,057,577

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

4.3 % - 21.0 % ( 9.9 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

2.8 x - 53.2 x ( 16.0 x)

Revenue multiples

1.0 x - 18.0 x ( 7.9 x)

52,681

Broker/dealer bids or quotes

Broker/dealer bids or quotes

N/A

Subordinated debt and second lien loans (5)

$

44,229

Yield analysis

Market interest rate

10.0 % - 15.5 % ( 13.3 %)

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

5.5 x - 24.0 x ( 16.0 x)

Equity (6)

$

578,420

Market comparable companies

EBITDA multiples

5.5 x - 53.2 x ( 18.2 x)

Revenue multiples

1.2 x - 18.0 x ( 8.1 x)

(1) Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments.

(2) $ 2,807 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(3) $ 64,786 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(4) The Company valued $ 6,036,312 and $ 1,021,265 of one stop loans using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively. All one stop loans were also valued using the market rate approach.

(5) $ 435 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.

(6) The Company valued $ 505,597 and $ 72,823 of equity investments using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively.

The above tables are not intended to be all-inclusive but rather to provide information on significant unobservable inputs and valuation techniques used by the Valuation Designee.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt and equity investments are EBITDA multiples, revenue multiples and market interest rates. The Valuation Designee uses EBITDA multiples and, to a lesser extent, revenue multiples on the Company’s debt and equity investments to determine any credit gains or losses. Increases or decreases in either of these inputs in isolation would have resulted in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. The Valuation Designee uses market interest rates for loans to determine if the effective yield on a loan is commensurate with the market yields for that type of loan. If a loan’s effective yield was significantly less than the market yield for a similar loan with a similar credit profile, then the resulting fair value of the loan could have been lower.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate such value. As a result, with the exception of the line item titled “debt” which is reported at cost, all assets and liabilities approximate fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition due to their short maturity. The fair value of the Company's 2026 Notes, 2027 Notes, 2028 Notes and 2029 Notes (as defined in Note 7) is based on vendor pricing received by the Company, which is considered a Level 2 input. The fair value of the Company’s remaining debt is estimated using Level 3 inputs by discounting remaining payments using comparable market rates or market quotes for similar instruments at the measurement date, if available.

---

The following are the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s debt as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

			As of September 30, 2025												As of September 30, 2024
			Carrying Value						Fair Value						Carrying Value						Fair Value
Debt (1)			$	4,926,778					$	4,934,395					$	4,624,791					$	4,591,161

(1) As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, carrying value is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship related to the 2028 and 2029 Notes. See Note 5 for additional information.

---

Note 7. Borrowings

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, prior to February 6, 2019, the Company was allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, was at least 200% after such borrowing. On February 5, 2019, the Company’s stockholders voted to approve the asset coverage requirement decrease to 150 % from 200% in accordance with Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act. Effective February 6, 2019, the reduced asset coverage requirement permits the Company to have a ratio of total consolidated assets to outstanding indebtedness of 2:1 as compared to a maximum of 1:1 under the 200% asset coverage requirement. As of September 30, 2025, the Company’s asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 180.2 %.

2024 Debt Securitization: On November 18, 2024, the Company completed a $ 2,200,500 term debt securitization (the “ 2024 Debt Securitization ”). The notes offered in the 2024 Debt Securitization (“the 2024 Notes”) were issued by the 2024 Issuer and were backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured loans. The transaction was executed through a private placement which consisted of $ 1,192,400 of Aaa/AAA Class A-1R Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2036 (the “Class A-1R 2024 Notes”), which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.56 %; $ 171,600 of AAA Class A-2RR Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2036, which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.75 % (the “Class A-2RR 2024 Notes”); $ 165,000 of AA Class B-R Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 1.70 % (the “Class B-R Notes”); $ 154,000 of A Class C-R Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, which bear interest at three-month SOFR plus 2.10 %; and $ 517,500 of Subordinated Notes due 2124 which do not bear interest (the “Subordinated Notes” and together with the Secured Notes, the “2024 Notes”). The Company indirectly retained all of the Class B-R, Class C-R and Subordinated Notes.

Through October 20, 2028, all principal collections received on the underlying collateral may be used by the 2024 Issuer to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the 2024 Issuer and in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and subject to customary conditions set forth in the documents governing the 2024 Debt Securitization, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the 2024 Debt Securitization. The 2024 Notes are scheduled to mature on October 20, 2036. The Subordinated 2024 Notes are due in 2124. The Class A-1R and Class A-2RR 2024 Notes are included in the September 30, 2025 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as debt of the company. As of September 30, 2025, the Class B-R, Class C-R and Subordinated 2024 Notes were eliminated in consolidation.

As of September 30, 2025, there were 126 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $ 2,161,579 securing the 2024 Debt Securitization. The pool of loans in the 2024 Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the 2024 Debt Securitization is based on three-month SOFR. The three-month SOFR in effect as of September 30, 2025 based on the last interest rate reset was 4.3 %.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2024 Debt Securitization were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	71,193					$	—					$	—
Amortization of debt issuance costs															809						—						—
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	72,002					$	—					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense															$	55,072					$	—					$	—
Annualized average stated interest rate															6.0		%				N/A						N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	1,184,625					$	—					$	—

---

As of September 30, 2025, the classes, amounts, ratings and interest rates in effect (expressed as a spread to three-month SOFR) of the Class A-1R and A-2RR 2024 Notes are as follows:

Description

Class A-1R 2024 Notes

Class A-2RR 2024 Notes

Type

Senior Secured Floating Rate

Senior Secured Floating Rate

Amount Outstanding

$ 1,192,400

$ 171,600

Fitch Rating

“AAA”

“NR”

S&P Rating

“AAA”

“AAA”

Interest Rate

SOFR + 1.56 %

SOFR + 1.75 %

As part of the 2024 Debt Securitization, the Company entered into a master loan sale agreement that provides for the sale of assets on the 2024 Debt Securitization closing date as well as future sales from the Company to the 2024 Issuer through the BDC CLO 8 Depositor, (1) the Company sold and/or contributed to the BDC CLO 8 Depositor the remainder of its ownership interest in the portfolio company investments securing the 2024 Debt Securitization and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement and (2) the BDC CLO 8 Depositor, in turn, sold to the 2024 Issuer all of its ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the master loan sale agreement. Following these transfers, the 2024 Issuer, and not the BDC CLO 8 Depositor or the Company, holds all of the ownership interest in such portfolio company investments and participations.

2018 Debt Securitization: On November 16, 2018, the Company completed a $ 602,400 term debt securitization (the “ 2018 Debt Securitization ”). The notes offered in the 2018 Debt Securitization (the “2018 Notes”) were issued by the 2018 Issuer, a subsidiary of the 2018 CLO Depositor, and were backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured and second lien loans. The transaction was executed through a private placement which, through November 18, 2024, consisted of approximately $ 327,000 of AAA/AAA Class A 2018 Notes, which bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus 1.48 %; $ 61,200 of AA Class B 2018 Notes, which bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus 2.10 %; $ 20,000 of A Class C-1 2018 Notes, which bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus 2.80 %; $ 38,800 of A Class C-2 2018 Notes, which bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus 2.65 %; $ 42,000 of BBB- Class D 2018 Notes, which bore interest at three-month LIBOR plus 2.95 %; and $ 113,400 of Subordinated 2018 Notes which did not bear interest. The Company indirectly retained all of the Class C-2, Class D and Subordinated 2018 Notes. The Class A, Class B and Class C-1 2018 Notes are included in the September 30, 2024 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as debt of the Company. As of September 30, 2024, the Class C-2, Class D and Subordinated 2018 Notes were eliminated in consolidation.

Through January 20, 2023, the 2018 Issuer was permitted to use all principal collections received on the underlying collateral to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the 2018 Issuer and in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the 2018 Debt Securitization. For the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had repayments on the 2018 Notes of $ 158,712 and $ 19,503 , respectively.

On November 18, 2024, in connection with the 2024 Debt Securitization, the 2018 Issuer redeemed the outstanding 2018 Notes pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the 2018 Notes. Following such redemption, the agreements which governed the 2018 Debt Securitization were terminated. The 2018 Notes would have otherwise matured on January 20, 2031.

As of September 30, 2024, there were 44 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $ 351,446 securing the 2018 Notes. The pool of loans in the 2018 Debt Securitization were required to meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

---

The interest charged under the 2018 Debt Securitization was based on three-month SOFR plus a spread adjustment of 0.26161 %. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2018 Debt Securitization were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	1,839					$	24,042					$	26,375
Amortization of debt issuance costs															—						2						161
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	1,839					$	24,044					$	26,536
Cash paid for interest expense															$	5,152					$	26,430					$	24,271
Average stated interest rate															7.1		%				7.4		%				6.5		%
Average outstanding balance															$	25,881					$	324,648					$	403,098

As part of the 2018 Debt Securitization, GBDC entered into a master loan sale agreement under which GBDC agreed to directly or indirectly sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to the 2018 Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire the LLC equity interests in the Subordinated 2018 Notes. As of September 30, 2024, the 2018 Notes (other than the Subordinated 2018 Notes) were the secured obligations of the 2018 Issuer and indentures governing the 2018 Notes include customary covenants and events of default.

GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization : Effective September 16, 2019, the Company assumed, as a result of the GCIC Merger, a $ 908,195 term debt securitization (the “ GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization ”). The GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization was originally completed on December 13, 2018. The notes offered in the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization (the “GCIC 2018 Notes”) were issued by the GCIC 2018 Issuer, a subsidiary of GCIC 2018 CLO Depositor, and were secured by a diversified portfolio of senior secured and second lien loans. Through November 18, 2024, the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization consisted of $ 490,000 of AAA/AAA Class A-1 GCIC 2018 Notes, $ 38,500 of AAA Class A-2 GCIC 2018 Notes, and $ 18,000 of AA Class B-1 GCIC 2018 Notes. In partial consideration for the loans transferred to the GCIC 2018 Issuer as part of the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, the GCIC 2018 CLO Depositor received and retained $ 27,000 of Class B-2 GCIC 2018 Notes, $ 95,000 of Class C GCIC 2018 Notes and $ 60,000 of Class D GCIC 2018 Notes and $ 179,695 of Subordinated GCIC 2018 Notes. On December 21, 2020, the Company and the GCIC 2018 Issuer amended the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization to, among other things, (a) refinance the issued Class A-2 GCIC 2018 Notes issued by the GCIC 2018 Issuer by redeeming in full the $ 38,500 of Class A-2 GCIC 2018 Notes and issuing new Class A-2-R GCIC 2018 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $ 38,500 that bore interest at a rate of 2.498 %, which is a decrease from the rate of 4.665 % of the Class A-2 GCIC 2018 Notes and (b) provide for a non-called period, during which the Class A-2-R GCIC 2018 Notes cannot be redeemed, from December 21, 2020 to but excluding June 21, 2021. The Class A-1, Class A-2-R and Class B-1 GCIC 2018 Notes are included in the September 30, 2024 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as debt of the Company. As of September 30, 2024, the Class B-2, Class C and Class D GCIC 2018 Notes and the Subordinated GCIC 2018 Notes were eliminated in consolidation.

Through January 20, 2023, the GCIC 2018 Issuer was permitted to use all principal collections received on the underlying collateral to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser in its capacity as collateral manager of the GCIC 2018 Issuer and in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization. For the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had repayments on the GCIC 2018 Notes of $ 260,755 and $ 32,973 , respectively.

On November 18, 2024, in connection with the 2024 Debt Securitization, the GCIC 2018 Issuer redeemed the outstanding GCIC 2018 Notes pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing such GCIC 2018 Notes. Following such redemption, the agreements that governed the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization were terminated. The GCIC 2018 Notes would have otherwise matured on January 20, 2031, and the Subordinated GCIC 2018 Notes would have otherwise matured on December 13, 2118.

---

As of September 30, 2024, there were 58 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $ 524,168 securing the GCIC 2018 Notes. The pool of loans in the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization were required to meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization was based on three-month SOFR plus a spread adjustment of 0.26161 %. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	1,682					$	28,062					$	32,923
Accretion of discounts on notes issued															—						—						544
Amortization of debt issuance costs															—						—						21
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	1,682					$	28,062					$	33,488
Cash paid for interest expense															$	4,861					$	31,909					$	30,453
Average stated interest rate															6.1		%				6.8		%				6.1		%
Average outstanding balance															$	27,602					$	412,682					$	537,754

As part of the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization, GBDC assumed in the GCIC Merger a master loan sale agreement under which GBDC agreed to directly or indirectly sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to the GCIC 2018 Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire the LLC equity interests in the GCIC Subordinated 2018 Notes. As of September 30, 2024, the GCIC 2018 Notes (other than the GCIC Subordinated 2018 Notes) were the secured obligations of the GCIC 2018 Issuer and indentures governing the GCIC 2018 Notes include customary covenants and events of default.

GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization: Effective June 3, 2024, the Company assumed, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, a $ 398,850 term debt securitization (the “ GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization ”). The GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization was originally completed on March 11, 2021. The GBDC 3 2021 Notes were issued by the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer and were backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured and second lien loans. Through November 18, 2024, the GBDC 3 2021 Notes offered in the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization consisted of $ 224,000 of AAA Class A GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which bore interest at the three-month SOFR plus 1.60 %; $ 28,000 of AA Class B GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which bore interest at the three-month SOFR plus 1.85 %; $ 36,000 of A Class C-1 GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which bore interest at the three-month SOFR plus 2.80 %; $ 10,000 A Class C-2 GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which bore interest at 3.91 %; up to $ 28,000 of BBB- Class D GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which were unfunded on the closing date of the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization and which, if funded, would bear interest at the three-month SOFR plus a spread set in connection with the funding date but which in no event will be greater than 5.00 % (the Class D GBDC 3 2021 Notes, together with the Class A GBDC 3 2021 Notes, the Class B GBDC 3 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 GBDC 3 2021 Notes and the Class C-2 GBDC 3 2021 Notes are referred to as the “Secured GBDC 3 2021 Notes”); and approximately $ 100,850 of Subordinated GBDC 3 2021 Notes, which did not bear interest. The Class A GBDC 3 2021 Notes, the Class B GBDC 3 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 GBDC 3 2021 Notes, and the Class C-2 GBDC 3 2021 Notes were issued through a private placement through Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The GBDC 3 2021 Issuer indirectly retained all of the Class D GBDC 3 2021 Notes and Subordinated GBDC 3 2021 Notes which were eliminated in consolidation. The Class A, Class B, Class C-1, and Class C-2 GBDC 3 2021 Notes are included in the September 30, 2024 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as debt of the Company.

Through April 15, 2025, the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer was permitted to use all principal collections received on the underlying collateral to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and subject to customary conditions set forth in the documents governing the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization.

---

On November 18, 2024, in connection with the 2024 Debt Securitization, the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer redeemed the outstanding GBDC 3 2021 Notes pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing such GBDC 3 2021 Notes. Following such redemption, the agreements which governed the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization were terminated. The redemption of the GBDC 3 2021 Notes resulted in a realized loss on the extinguishment of debt of $ 48 for the three months ended December 31, 2024, which represented the unamortized discount on the GBDC 3 2021 Notes assumed as a result on the GBDC 3 Merger, at termination. The Secured GBDC 3 2021 Notes would have otherwise matured on April 15, 2033 and the Subordinated GBDC 3 2021 Notes would have otherwise matured in 2121.

As of September 30, 2024, there were 81 portfolio companies with total fair value of $ 395,682 securing the GBDC 3 2021 Notes. The pool of loans in the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization were required to meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization was based on three-month SOFR plus a spread adjustment of 0.26161 %. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization were as follows:

															Year ended September 30,
																											2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense																											$	2,694					$	7,181					$	—
Amortization of debt issuance costs																											—						—						—
Total interest expense																											$	2,694					$	7,181					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense																											$	7,355					$	2,520					$	—
Average stated interest rate																											6.9		%				7.3		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance																											$	39,189					$	97,705					$	—

As part of the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization, GBDC assumed in the GBDC 3 Merger a master loan sale agreement under which GBDC agreed to directly or indirectly sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire the LLC equity interests in the Subordinated GBDC 3 2021 Notes. As of September 30, 2024, the Secured GBDC 3 2021 Notes (other than the Subordinated GBDC 3 2021 Notes) were the secured obligations of the GBDC 3 2021 Issuer and indentures governing the Secured GBDC 3 2021 Notes include customary covenants and events of default.

GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization: Effective June 3, 2024, the Company assumed, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, a $ 401,750 asset-backed securitization (the “ GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization ”). The GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization was originally completed on January 25, 2022. The notes offered in the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization were issued by the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer and are backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured loans. The notes offered in the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization consist of $ 252,000 of Class A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, which bear interest at a benchmark interest rate, which will be based on three-month term SOFR, plus 2.00 % (the “Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes”) and $ 149,750 of Subordinated Notes, which do not bear interest (the “Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes” and, together with the Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes, the “GBDC 3 2022 Notes”). The Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes were issued through a private placement through Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The GBDC 3 2022 Issuer indirectly retained all of the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes, and the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes were eliminated in consolidation. The Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes are included in the September 30, 2024 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as debt of the Company.

Through January 25, 2024, the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer was permitted to use all principal collections received on the underlying collateral to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization. There were repayments on the GBDC 3 2022 Notes of $ 14,751 during the period June 3, 2024 through September 30, 2024.

---

On August 1, 2025, the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer redeemed the outstanding GBDC 3 2022 Notes pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing such GBDC 3 2022 Notes. Following such redemption, the agreements that governed the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization were terminated. The GBDC 3 2022 Notes would have otherwise matured on January 18, 2030 and the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes would have otherwise matured on January 25, 2122.

As of September 30, 2024, there were 55 portfolio companies, respectively, with a total fair value of $ 377,755 , securing the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization. The pool of loans in the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization were required to meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

The interest charged under the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization was based on three-month term SOFR.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
																					2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense																					$	11,364					$	5,909					$	—
Amortization of debt issuance costs																					—						—						—
Total interest expense																					$	11,364					$	5,909					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense																					$	14,765					$	2,508					$	—
Average stated interest rate																					6.6		%				7.4		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance																					$	173,187					$	79,626					$	—

As part of the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization, GBDC assumed in the GBDC 3 Merger a master loan sale agreement under which GBDC agreed to directly or indirectly sell or contribute certain senior secured loans (or participation interests therein) to the GBDC 3 2022 Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire the LLC equity interests in the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes. As of September 30, 2024, the Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes (other than the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022 Notes) were the secured obligations of the Secured GBDC 3 2022 and indentures governing the Secured GBDC 3 2022 Notes include customary covenants and events of default.

GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization: Effective June 3, 2024, the Company assumed, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, a $ 386,600 term debt securitization (the “ GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization ”). The GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization was originally completed on December 14, 2022. The notes offered in the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization (the “GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes”) were issued by the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer and were backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured and second lien loans. Through December 16, 2024, the GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes offered in the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization consisted of $ 140,000 of AAA Class A GBDC 3 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2034, which bore interest at the three-month term SOFR plus 2.60 %; $ 38,800 of AA Class B GBDC 3 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2034, which bore interest at the three-month term SOFR plus 3.09 % (the “Class B GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes” and, together with the Class A GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes, the “Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes”); $ 85,000 of AAA Class A GBDC 3 Senior Secured Floating Rate Loans maturing 2034, which bore interest at the three-month term SOFR plus 2.60 % (the “Class A GBDC 3 2022-2 Loans” and, together with the Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes, the “Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt”); and $ 122,800 of Subordinated Notes due 2122 (the “Subordinated GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes”), which did not bear interest. The GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer indirectly retained all of the Class B GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes and Subordinated GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes which were eliminated in consolidation. The Class A GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes and Class A GBDC 3 2022-2 Loans are included in the September 30, 2024 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as debt of the Company.

Through January 18, 2026, the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer was permitted to us all principal collections received on the underlying collateral to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer, in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and subject to customary conditions set forth in the documents governing the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization.

---

On December 16, 2024, the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer redeemed the outstanding GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing such GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes. Following such redemption, the agreements which governed the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization were terminated. The Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes and Class A GBDC 3 2022-2 Loans would have otherwise matured on January 18, 2034. The Subordinated GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes would have otherwise matured on December 14, 2122.

As of September 30, 2024, there were 73 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $ 377,471 securing the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization. The pool of loans in the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization were required to meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements. The interest charged under the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization was based on three-month term SOFR. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	3,504					$	5,923					$	—
Amortization of debt issuance costs															—						—						—
Total interest expense															$	3,504					$	5,923					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense															$	7,197					$	2,229					$	—
Average stated interest rate															7.5		%				8.0		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	46,849					$	73,770					$	—

As part of the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization, GBDC assumed in the GBDC 3 Merger a master loan sale agreement under which GBDC agreed to directly or indirectly sell or contribute certain senior secured and second lien loans (or participation interests therein) to the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer and to purchase or otherwise acquire the LLC equity interests in the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes. As of September 30, 2024, the Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes (other than the Subordinated GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes) were the secured obligations of the GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer and indentures governing the Secured GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes include customary covenants and events of default.

The Investment Adviser serves or served as collateral manager to each of the 2018 Issuer, GCIC 2018 Issuer, GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, GBDC 3 2022-2 Issuer and the 2024 Issuer under separate collateral management agreements and receives a fee for providing these services. The total fees payable by the Company under the Investment Advisory Agreement are reduced by an amount equal to the total aggregate fees paid to the Investment Adviser by each of the 2018 Issuer, GCIC 2018 Issuer, GBDC 3 2021 Issuer, GBDC 3 2022 Issuer, GBDC 3 2022-2 and the 2024 Issuer for rendering such collateral management services.

GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility: Effective June 3, 2024, t he Company assumed, as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, a loan financing and servicing agreement (as amended, the “ GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility ”), with the Company and GBDC 3 Funding, as equity holder and as servicer, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, the other agents parties thereto, each of the entities from time to time party thereto as securitization subsidiaries and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent and as collateral custodian. The GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility was originally entered into on September 10, 2019 (the “GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility Effective Date”). On November 19, 2024, all amounts outstanding under the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility were repaid, following which the agreements governing the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility were terminated. The period during which GBDC 3 Funding may have requested drawdowns under the “GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility (the “Revolving Period”) commenced on the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility Effective Date and would have continued through April 10, 2025. Prior to termination, the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility allowed GBDC 3 Funding to borrow up to $ 625,000 , subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions, and had a maturity date of April 10, 2028.

Prior to termination, the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility bore interest at the applicable base rate plus 2.30 % per annum during the Revolving Period and 2.80 % after the Revolving Period. The base rate under the GBDC 3 DB Credit

---

Facility was (i) the three-month Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (“CORRA”) plus an adjustment equal to 0.32138 % with respect to any advances denominated in Canadian dollars, (ii) the three-month EURIBOR with respect to any advances denominated in euros, (iii) the three-month Bank Bill Swap Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Australian dollars, (iv) the daily simple Sterling Overnight Index Average with respect to any advances denominated U.K. pound sterling, the daily simple Swiss Average Rate Overnight with respect to any advances denominated in Swiss francs, (v) the three-month Copenhagen Interbank Offered Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Danish krones, (vi) the three-month Bank Bill Benchmark Rate with respect to any advances denominated in New Zealand dollars, (vii) the three-month Norwegian Krone Interbank Offered Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Norwegian krona, (viii) the three-month Stockholm Interbank Offered Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Swedish krona, and (ix) the three-month term SOFR with respect to any other advances. A syndication/agent fee was payable to the facility agent each quarter and was calculated based on the aggregate commitments outstanding each day during the preceding collection period at a rate of 1/360 of 0.25% of the aggregate commitments on each day. In addition, a non-usage fee of 0.25 % per annum was payable on the undrawn amount under the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility, and, during the Revolving Period, an additional fee based on unfunded commitments of the lenders could have been payable if borrowings under the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility did not exceed a minimum utilization percentage threshold. A prepayment fee would have been payable in the event of any permanent reduction in commitments of the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility in the amount of 0.50 % or 0.25 % of the amount of the reduction during the first or second year after the Effective Date, respectively.

The GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility was secured by all of the assets held by GBDC 3 Funding. GBDC 3 Funding made customary representations and warranties and was required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The borrowings under the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility were subject to the leverage restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

As of September 30, 2024, the Company had outstanding debt under the GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility of $ 411,489 .

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the “GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	3,820					$	11,219					$	—
Facility fees															244						680						—
Accretion of discounts															—						1						—
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	4,064					$	11,900					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense and facility fees															$	11,680					$	4,284					$	—
Average stated interest rate¹															6.7		%				7.6		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	57,154					$	148,365					$	—

(1) The average stated interest rate reflects the translation of the stated interest expense and borrowings in foreign currencies to U.S. dollar.

JPM Credit Facility: On February 11, 2021, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (as amended, the “ JPM Credit Facility ”) with the Company, as borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto which, as of September 30, 2025, allowed the Company to borrow up to $ 1,997,500 in U.S. dollars and certain agreed upon foreign currencies (“Outstanding Commitments”), subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. Through a series of agreements, most recently on November 15, 2024 and December 6, 2024, the Company, through the accordion feature, increased the aggregate commitments under the JPM Credit Facility from $ 1,822,500 to $ 1,997,500 . On April 4, 2025, the Company amended and restated the JPM Credit Facility to among other things, (i) change the applicable margin to a range of 1.525 % to 1.775 % for any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan (as defined in the JPM Credit Facility) or a range of 0.525 % to 0.775 % for any ABR Loan (each as defined in the JPM Credit Facility), (ii) reduce the unused fee rate on all unused commitments to 0.325 % from 0.375 %, (iii) extend the maturity date to April 4, 2030 from August 6, 2029 and (iv) amend the accordion provision to permit increases to the total commitments to up to $ 3,000,000 .

---

The JPM Credit Facility provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an initial aggregate face amount of up to $ 23,750 , subject to increase or reduction from time to time pursuant to the terms of the JPM Credit Facility.

The JPM Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries thereunder.

Borrowings for any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan (each as defined in the JPM Credit Facility) under the JPM Credit Facility bear interest at the applicable base rate plus a margin of 1.525 % if the gross borrowing base is equal to or greater than 2.0 times the Outstanding Commitments, 1.650 % if the gross borrowing base is less than 2.0 times and equal to or greater than 1.60 times the Outstanding Commitments or 1.775 % if the gross borrowing base is less than 1.60 times the Outstanding Commitments, subject to compliance with a borrowing base test. The applicable base rate under the JPM Credit Facility is (i) one-month SOFR with respect to any advances denominated in U.S. dollars plus an adjustment of 0.10 %, (ii) SONIA with respect to any advances denominated in U.K. pound sterling plus an adjustment of 0.0326 %, (iii) one-month EURIBOR with respect to any advances denominated in Euros, (iv) CORRA with respect to any advances denominated in Canadian Dollars plus an adjustment of 0.029547 %, (v) Australian Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate (“BBSY”) with respect to any advances denominated in Australian Dollars plus an adjustment of 0.20 % and (vi) the relevant rate as defined in the JPM Credit Facility for borrowings in other currencies. Borrowings for any ABR Loan (as defined in the JPM Credit Facility) bear interest at the applicable base rate plus a margin of 0.525 % if the gross borrowing base is equal to or greater than 2.0 times the Outstanding Commitments, 0.650 % if the gross borrowing base is less than 2.0 times and equal to or greater than 1.60 times the Outstanding Commitments or 0.775 % if the gross borrowing base is less than 1.60 times the Outstanding Commitments. As of June 30, 2025, the applicable margin for Term Benchmark Loans and RFR Loans (as defined in the JPM Credit Facility) was 1.525 % and the applicable margin for ABR Loans (as defined in the JPM Credit Facility) was 0.525 %.

The Company pays a commitment fee of 0.325 % per annum on the daily unused portion of commitments under the JPM Credit Facility. The Company is also required to pay letter of credit participation fees and a fronting fee on the daily amount of any lender’s exposure with respect to any letters of credit issued at the request of the Company under the JPM Credit Facility. The JPM Credit Facility matures on April 4, 2030 and requires mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain events during the one year amortization period of the facility.

As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the Company had outstanding debt of $ 1,098,437 and $ 956,590 , respectively, and no letters of credit outstanding under the JPM Credit Facility.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the JPM Credit Facility were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	69,268					$	26,777					$	41,821
Facility fees															2,820						4,389						2,635
Amortization of debt issuance costs															3,945						3,569						2,793
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	76,033					$	34,735					$	47,249
Cash paid for interest expense and facility fees															$	76,080					$	27,612					$	44,667
Average stated interest rate¹															5.7		%				7.1		%				6.2		%
Average outstanding balance															$	1,209,252					$	377,773					$	678,560

(1) The average stated interest rate reflects the translation of the stated interest expense and borrowings in foreign currencies to U.S. dollar.

2024 Notes: On October 2, 2020, the Company issued $ 400,000 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes (the “ 2024 Notes ”), and on October 15, 2021, the Company issued an additional $ 100,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2024 Notes under the same terms of the original issuance, other than the issue date and the issue price. On April 8, 2024, the Company redeemed $ 500,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes. The 2024 Notes were redeemed at 100 % of the principal amount, plus the accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The 2024 Notes bore interest at a rate of 3.375 % per year payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2021. The 2024 Notes would otherwise have matured on April 15, 2024.

---

The 2024 Notes were the Company’s general unsecured obligations that ranked senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the 2024 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated or junior; effectively junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2024 Notes were as follows:

															Year ended September 30,
																					2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense																					$	—					$	8,766					$	16,876
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on notes issued																					—						( 747 )						( 1,384 )
Amortization of debt issuance costs																					—						1,140						1,986
Total interest and other debt financing expenses																					$	—					$	9,159					$	17,478
Cash paid for interest expense																					$	—					$	16,547					$	16,876
Average stated interest rate																					N/A						3.4		%				3.4		%
Average outstanding balance																					$	—					$	259,563					$	500,000

2026 Notes: On February 24, 2021, the Company issued $ 400,000 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes (the “ 2026 Notes ”) and on October 13, 2021, the Company issued an additional $ 200,000 aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes under the same terms as the original issuance, other than the issue date and the issue price. As of both September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes was $ 600,000 . The 2026 Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.500 % per year payable semiannually in arrears on February 24 and August 24 of each year, commencing on August 24, 2021. The 2026 Notes mature on August 24, 2026.

The 2026 Notes are the Company’s general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the 2026 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated or junior; effectively junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

At any time or from time to time, the Company could redeem some or all of the 2026 Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100 % of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the 2026 Notes to be redeemed through July 24, 2026 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2026 Notes), discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the Company redeems any 2026 Notes on or after July 24, 2026 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2026 Notes), the redemption price for the 2026 Notes will be equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2026 Notes.

---

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2026 Notes were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	15,000					$	15,000					$	15,000
Accretion of discounts on notes issued															531						532						531
Amortization of debt issuance costs															1,537						1,635						1,493
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	17,068					$	17,167					$	17,024
Cash paid for interest expense															$	15,000					$	15,000					$	15,000
Average stated interest rate															2.5		%				2.5		%				2.5		%
Average outstanding balance															$	600,000					$	600,000					$	600,000

2027 Notes: On August 3, 2021, the Company issued $ 350,000 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes (the “ 2027 Notes ”). As of both September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes was $ 350,000 . The 2027 Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.050 % per year payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2022. The 2027 Notes mature on February 15, 2027.

The 2027 Notes are the Company’s general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the 2027 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated or junior; effectively junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

At any time or from time to time, the Company could redeem some or all of the 2027 Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100 % of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption) on the 2027 Notes to be redeemed through January 15, 2027 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2027 Notes), discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the Company redeems any 2027 Notes on or after January 15, 2027 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2027 Notes), the redemption price for the 2027 Notes will be equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2027 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2027 Notes.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2027 Notes were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	7,176					$	7,176					$	7,176
Accretion of discounts on notes issued															732						736						733
Amortization of debt issuance costs															840						1,021						926
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	8,748					$	8,933					$	8,835
Cash paid for interest expense															$	7,176					$	7,176					$	7,174
Average stated interest rate															2.1		%				2.1		%				2.1		%
Average outstanding balance															$	350,000					$	350,000					$	350,000

2028 Notes: On December 5, 2023, the Company issued $ 450,000 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes (the “ 2028 Notes ”) and on September 19, 2025, the Company issued an additional $ 250,000 in aggregate principal

---

amount of 2028 Notes under the same terms as the original issuance, other than the issue date and issue price. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes was $ 700,000 and $ 450,000 , respectively. The 2028 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.050 % per year payable semi-annually in arrears on June 5 and December 5 of each year, commencing on June 5, 2024. The 2028 Notes mature on December 5, 2028.

The 2028 Notes are the Company’s general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the 2028 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated or junior; effectively junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

At any time or from time to time, the Company could redeem some or all of the 2028 Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100 % of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on the 2028 Notes on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 45 basis points less interest accrued to the date of redemption. If the Company redeems any 2028 Notes on or after November 5, 2028 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2028 Notes), the redemption price for the 2028 Notes will be equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2028 Notes.

On December 5, 2023, the Company entered into an interest rate swap on the 2028 Notes with SMBC as the counterparty. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company agreed to receive a fixed rate of 7.310 % and pay SMBC a rate of one-month Term SOFR + 3.327 %. The interest rate swap is designated as an effective hedge accounting instrument. The notional amount of the swap is $ 225,000 and terminates on November 5, 2028. The carrying value of the 2028 Notes is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship. See Note 5 for additional information.

On April 11, 2024, the Company entered into an interest rate swap on the 2028 Notes pursuant to which the Company agreed to receive a fixed rate of 7.310 % and pay a rate of one-month SOFR plus 2.835 %. The interest rate swap is designated as an effective hedge accounting instrument. The notional amount of the swap is $ 225,000 and terminates on November 5, 2028. The carrying value of the 2028 Notes is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship. See Note 5 for additional information.

On September 19, 2025, the Company entered into an interest rate swap on the 2028 Notes pursuant to which the Company agreed to receive a fixed rate of 5.050 % and pay a floating interest rate of SOFR plus 1.723 %. The interest rate swap is designated as an effective hedge accounting instrument. The notional amount of the swap is $ 250,000 and terminates on December 5, 2028. The carrying value of the 2028 Notes is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship. See Note 5 for additional information.

---

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2028 Notes were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	31,969					$	26,084					$	—
Net contractual interest rate swap expense															1,358						3,775						—
Net (gain)/loss related to the fair value hedge															7,398						( 7,549 )						—
Accretion of discounts on notes issued															904						795						—
Amortization of debt issuance costs															1,216						975						—
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	42,845					$	24,080					$	—
Cash paid (received) for interest expense (1)															$	27,920					$	20,005					$	—
Annualized average interest rate swap and stated interest rate (2)															7.4		%				8.1		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	453,425					$	370,082					$	—

(1) Includes cash paid or received for contractual interest rate swaps, which may have different contractual settlement dates among the (i) fixed interest leg, (ii) floating interest leg and (iii) the 2028 Notes.

(2) The annualized average stated interest rate reflects the translation of the stated interest expense and borrowings in foreign currencies to U.S. dollars.

2029 Notes: On February 1, 2024, the Company issued $ 600,000 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured notes (the “ 2029 Notes ”) and on December 3, 2024, the Company issued an additional $ 150,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2029 Notes under the same terms as the original issuance, other than the issue date and the issue price. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes was $ 750,000 and $ 600,000 , respectively. The 2029 Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.000 % per year payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2024. The 2029 Notes mature on July 15, 2029.

The 2029 Notes are the Company’s general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future indebtedness or other obligations that are expressly subordinated, or junior, in right of payment to the 2029 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness or other obligations that are not so subordinated or junior; effectively junior to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness or other obligations (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

At any time or from time to time, the Company could redeem some or all of the 2029 Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100 % of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on the 2029 Notes on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 35 basis points less interest accrued to the date of redemption. If the Company redeems any 2029 Notes on or after June 15, 2029 (the date falling one month prior to the maturity date of the 2029 Notes), the redemption price for the 2029 Notes will be equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the 2029 Notes.

On February 1, 2024 and December 3, 2024, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements on the 2029 Notes with SMBC and Macquarie, respectively, as counterparties. Under the terms of the agreement with SMBC, the Company (i) receives a fixed rate of 6.248 % and (ii) pays SMBC a rate of one-month Term SOFR + 2.444 % on the first $ 600,000 of 2029 Notes. Under the terms of the agreement with Macquarie, the Company (i) receives a fixed rate of 5.881 % and (ii) pays Macquarie a floating interest rate of three-month Term SOFR + 2.012 % on the second $ 150,000 of the 2029 Notes. The Company designated these interest rate swap as effective hedge accounting instruments. The total notional amount of both swap agreements is $ 750,000 and both agreements terminate on June

---

15, 2029. The carrying value of the 2029 Notes is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship. See Note 5 for additional information.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest and facility fees, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2029 Notes were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	43,450					$	24,000					$	—
Net contractual interest rate swap expense															5,345						6,631						—
Net (gain)/loss related to the fair value hedge															( 2,842 )						2,951						—
Accretion of discounts on notes issued															1,116						826						—
Amortization of debt issuance costs															1,649						895						—
Total interest and other debt financing expenses															$	48,718					$	35,303					$	—
Cash paid (received) for interest expense (1)															$	47,971					$	23,846					$	—
Annualized average interest rate swap and stated interest rate (2)															6.7		%				7.6		%				N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	724,110					$	398,361					$	—

(1) Includes cash paid or received for contractual interest rate swaps, which may have different contractual settlement dates among the (i) fixed interest leg, (ii) floating interest leg and (iii) the 2029 Notes.

(2) The annualized average stated interest rate reflects the translation of the stated interest expense and borrowings in foreign currencies to U.S. dollars.

Adviser Revolver: The Company has entered into the Adviser Revolver with the Investment Adviser pursuant to which, as of September 30, 2025, the Company was permitted to borrow up to $ 300,000 . On June 13, 2025, the Company amended the Adviser Revolver to, among other things, increase the borrowing capacity under the Adviser Revolver from $ 200,000 to $ 300,000 , extend the maturity date to June 13, 2032 , and amend the rate that interest accrues on each loan from the short-term applicable federal rate to the mid-term applicable federal rate. As of September 30, 2024, the Company was permitted to borrow up to $ 200,000 . The Adviser Revolver bears an interest rate equal to the mid-term Applicable Federal Rate (“AFR”). As of September 30, 2025, the mid-term AFR in effect on the Adviser Revolver based on the last interest rate reset was 3.9 %. As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $ 39,200 outstanding debt under the Adviser Revolver. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had no outstanding debt under the Adviser Revolver.

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the Adviser Revolver were as follows:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Stated interest expense															$	57					$	—					$	—
Cash paid for interest expense															—						—						—
Average stated interest rate															3.9		%				N/A						N/A
Average outstanding balance															$	1,438					$	—					$	—

For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the average total debt outstanding was $ 4,892,712 , $ 3,492,575 and $ 3,069,412 , respectively.

For the years ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the effective average interest rate, which includes amortization of debt financing costs, accretion of discounts and amortization of prem iums on notes issued, non-usage facility fees and the net contractual interest rate swap expense on the 2028 and 2029 Notes but excluding the net gain/(loss) related to the fair value hedges associated with the 2028 and 2029 Notes and interest rate swaps, on the Company's total debt was 5.8 % and 6.2 %, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2023, the effective

---

average interest rate, which includes amortization of debt financing costs, accretion of discounts and amortization of prem iums on notes issued and non-usage facilit y fees, on the Company's total debt was 4.9 %.

A summary of the Company’s maturity requirements for borrowings as of September 30, 2025 is as follows:

			Payments Due by Period
			Total						Less Than 1 Year						1 – 3 Years						3 – 5 Years						More Than 5 Years
2024 Debt Securitization			1,364,000						—						—						—						1,364,000
JPM Credit Facility			1,098,437						—						—						1,098,437						—
Adviser Revolver			39,200						—						—						—						39,200
2026 Notes (1)			599,524						599,524						—						—						—
2027 Notes (1)			348,994						—						348,994						—						—
2028 Notes (1)(2)			720,521						—						—						720,521						—
2029 Notes (1)(2)			756,102						—						—						756,102						—
Total borrowings			$	4,926,778					$	599,524					$	348,994					$	2,575,060					$	1,403,200

(1) Represents principal outstanding plus unamortized premium and / or unaccreted original issue discount.

(2) Carrying value is inclusive of an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship. See Note 5 for additional information.

---

Note 8. Federal Income Tax Matters

The Company has elected to be treated and intends to be subject to tax as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a result, the Company must distribute substantially all of its net taxable income each tax year as dividends to its stockholders which will generally relieve the Company from U.S. federal income tax.

Dividends from net investment income and distributions from net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal tax regulations, which could differ from amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and those differences could be material. These book-to-tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. Reclassifications due to permanent book-tax differences have no impact on net assets.

The following permanent differences were reclassified for tax purposes among the components of net assets for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

			Year ended September 30,
			2025						2024						2023
Increase (decrease) in Paid in Capital in Excess of Par			$	( 89,310 )					$	( 45,385 )					$	( 12,902 )
Increase (decrease) in Distributable Earnings (Losses)			89,310						45,385						12,902

Taxable income generally differs from net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses and generally excludes unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions as investment gains and losses are not included in taxable income until they are realized.

The following table reconciles net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

			Year ended September 30,
			2025						2024						2023
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations			$	376,646					$	273,785					$	258,631
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investment transactions			( 51,232 )						29,371						( 13,555 )
Other income not currently taxable			( 52,646 )						( 30,908 )						( 22,437 )
Expenses not currently deductible			20,944						7,647						11,198
Other income for tax but not book			6,544						9,460						3,773
Other deductions/losses for tax not book			( 30,184 )						( 17,624 )						( 39,639 )
Other realized gain/loss differences			73,034						63,491						29,175
Taxable income before deductions for distributions			$	343,106					$	335,222					$	227,146

---

The tax character of distributions paid during the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was as follows:

			Year ended September 30,
			2025						2024						2023
Ordinary Income			$	361,779					$	372,957					$	209,607
Long-Term Capital Gains			—						—						28,785
Return of Capital			77,336						—						—

The tax basis components of distributable earnings/(accumulated losses) and reconciliation to accumulated earnings/(deficit) on a book basis for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

			As of September 30,
			2025						2024						2023
Undistributed ordinary income – tax basis			$	—					$	19,151					$	56,886
Undistributed realized gains – tax basis			—						—						—
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments			9,860						( 155,498 )						( 160,673 )
Other temporary differences			( 58,676 )						( 16,646 )						4,583
Total accumulated earnings (deficit) – book basis			$	( 48,816 )					$	( 152,993 )					$	( 99,204 )

Capital losses in excess of capital gains earned in a tax year may generally be carried forward and used to offset capital gains, subject to certain limitations. Capital losses incurred by the Company in tax years beginning after September 30, 2011 are not subject to expiration and retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. As of September 30, 2025, the Company estimates that it will have $ 53,950 of capital loss carryforward available for use in subsequent tax years, which is included in other temporary differences in the table above.

For tax purposes, the Company may elect to defer any portion of a post-October capital loss or late-year ordinary loss to the first day of the following fiscal year. As of September 30, 2025, the Company elected to defer $ 6,981 of ordinary losses. The Company did not elect to defer any short-term capital losses and long-term capital losses as of September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, the Company did not elect to defer ordinary losses, short-term capital losses or long-term capital losses.

For the tax year ended September 30, 2025, the Company estimates that distributions were in excess of taxable income and does not expect to carry forward excess taxable income for distribution into 2026.

As of September 30, 2025, the federal tax cost of investments was $ 8,728,590 resulting in estimated gross unrealized gains and losses of $ 314,813 and $ 274,014 , respectively.

The Company has consolidated subsidiaries that are subject to U.S. federal and state corporate-level income taxes. For the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded a net tax benefit for taxable subsidiaries of $ 563 , $ 549 and $ 101 , respectively. As of September 30, 2025, the Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $ 217 for taxable subsidiaries, which is included in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The deferred tax liability primarily resulted from unrealized appreciation on the investments held at the taxable subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $ 780 for taxable subsidiaries, which is included in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The deferred tax liability primarily resulted from unrealized appreciation on the investments held at the taxable subsidiaries.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments: As of September 30, 2025, the Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $ 927,887 , including $ 252,574 of commitments on undrawn revolvers. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $ 717,869 , including $ 157,618 of commitments on undrawn revolvers.

Indemnifications: In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum

---

exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as these involve future claims against the Company that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligations under these indemnifications to be remote.

Off-balance sheet risk: Off-balance sheet risk refers to an unrecorded potential liability that could result in a future obligation or loss, even though it does not appear on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company has entered and, in the future, could again enter into derivative instruments that contain elements of off-balance sheet market and credit risk. Refer to Note 5 for outstanding forward currency contracts and interest rate swap agreements as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024. Derivative instruments can be affected by market conditions, such as interest rate and foreign currency volatility, which could impact the fair value of the derivative instruments. If market conditions move against the Company, it could not achieve the anticipated benefits of the derivative instruments and could realize a loss. The Company minimizes market risk through monitoring its investments and borrowings.

Concentration of credit and counterparty risk: Credit risk arises primarily from the potential inability of counterparties to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The Company has engaged and, in the future, may engage again in derivative transactions with counterparties. In the event that the counterparties do not fulfill their obligations, the Company could be exposed to risk. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparties or issuers of the instruments. The Company’s maximum loss that it could incur related to counterparty risk on its derivative instruments is the value of the collateral for that respective derivative instrument. It is the Company’s policy to review, as necessary, the credit standing of each counterparty.

Legal proceedings: In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, the Company does not believe any disposition will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 10. Financial Highlights

The financial highlights for the Company are as follows:

			Year ended September 30,
Per share data: (1)			2025						2024						2023						2022						2021
Net asset value at beginning of period			$	15.19					$	15.02					$	14.89					$	15.19					$	14.33
Net increase in net assets as a result of issuance of DRIP shares			0.00			(2)			0.00			(2)			—						0.00			(2)			0.00			(2)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets as a result of issuance of shares			0.00			(2)			0.51			(3)			—						—						—
Net increase in net assets as a result of repurchases of shares			0.01						0.00			(2)			0.01						—						—
Distributions declared:
From net investment income - after tax			( 1.36 )						( 1.89 )						( 1.23 )						( 1.20 )						( 1.13 )
From capital gains			—						—						( 0.17 )						—						( 0.03 )
From return of capital			( 0.29 )						—						—						—						—
Net investment income - after tax			1.49						1.90						1.70						1.15						0.99
Net realized gain (loss) on investment transactions			( 0.27 )						( 0.40 )						( 0.26 )						0.12						0.05
Net realized gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt			( 0.00 )			(2)			—						—						—						—
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions (4)			0.20						0.05						0.08						( 0.37 )						0.98
Net asset value at end of period			$	14.97					$	15.19					$	15.02					$	14.89					$	15.19
Per share market value at end of period			$	13.69					$	15.11					$	14.67					$	12.39					$	15.81
Total return based on market value (5)			0.79		%				15.77		%				30.50		%				( 14.80 )		%				28.90		%
Number of common shares outstanding			266,008,083						264,277,128						169,594,742						170,895,670						170,028,584

---

			Year ended September 30,
Listed below are supplemental data and ratios to the financial highlights:			2025						2024						2023						2022						2021
Ratio of net investment income - after tax to average net assets			9.87 %						12.55 %						11.46 %						7.53 %						6.73 %
Ratio of total expenses to average net assets			11.77 %						12.12 %						12.45 %						7.43 %						5.78 %
Ratio of management fee waiver to average net assets			— %						— %						— %						( 0.07 )%						( 0.16 )%
Ratio of incentive fee waiver to average net assets			— %						( 0.90 )%						— %						— %						— %
Ratio of incentive fees to average net assets			1.82 %						2.53 %						2.94 %						0.68 %						0.13 %
Ratio of income and excise taxes to average net assets			( 0.01 )%						0.04 %						0.15 %						— %						— %
Ratio of net expenses (without incentive fees) to average net assets			9.95 %						9.59 %						9.51 %						6.68 %						5.49 %
Total return based on average net asset value (6)			9.36 %						8.98 %						10.25 %						5.89 %						13.70 %
Net assets at end of period			$ 3,982,567						$ 4,014,529						$ 2,547,878						$ 2,544,500						$ 2,582,692
Average debt outstanding			$ 4,892,712						$ 3,492,575						$ 3,069,412						$ 2,935,846						$ 2,184,010
Average debt outstanding per share			$ 18.39						$ 13.22						$ 18.10						$ 17.18						$ 12.84
Portfolio turnover			17.55 %						20.29 %						12.19 %						23.56 %						35.58 %
Asset coverage ratio (7)			180.21 %						185.96 %						180.68 %						181.70 %						200.04 %

(1) Based on actual number of shares outstanding at the end of the corresponding period or the weighted average shares outstanding for the period, unless otherwise noted, as appropriate.

(2) Represents an amount less than $0.01.

(3) Net increase in net assets as a result of issuance of shares pursuant to the GBDC 3 Merger.

(4) Includes the impact of different share amounts as a result of calculating certain per share data based on weighted average shares outstanding during the period and certain per share data based on the shares outstanding at the end of the period and as of the dividend record date.

(5) Total return based on market value assumes distributions are reinvested in accordance with the DRIP. Total return does not include sales load.

(6) Total return based on average net asset value is calculated as (a) the net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations divided by (b) the daily average of total net assets. Total return does not include sales load.

(7) Effective February 6, 2019, in accordance with Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 150 % after such borrowing (excluding the Company's SBA debentures pursuant to exemptive relief received by the Company from the SEC). Prior to February 6, 2019, in accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company was allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, was at least 200% after such borrowing (excluding the Company's SBA debentures pursuant to exemptive relief received by the Company from the SEC).

Note 11. Senior Securities

The following is information about the Company’s senior securities as of dates indicated in the table below:

Class and Year						Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities (1)						Asset Coverage per Unit (2)						Involuntary Liquidating Preference per Unit (3)						Average Market Value per Unit (4)
2010 Debt Securitization (5)
September 30, 2016						$	215,000					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	205,000					$	2,852					—						N/A
2014 Debt Securitization (6)
September 30, 2016						$	246,000					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	246,000					$	2,852					—						N/A
September 30, 2018						$	197,483					$	2,695					—						N/A
September 30, 2019						$	126,344					$	2,203					—						N/A

---

Class and Year						Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities (1)						Asset Coverage per Unit (2)						Involuntary Liquidating Preference per Unit (3)						Average Market Value per Unit (4)
2018 Debt Securitization (7)
September 30, 2019						$	408,200					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	408,200					$	2,321					—						N/A
September 30, 2021						$	408,200					$	2,000					—						N/A
September 30, 2022						$	408,200					$	1,817					—						N/A
September 30, 2023						$	388,697					$	1,807					—						N/A
September 30, 2024						$	229,985					$	1,860					—						N/A
GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization (8)
September 30, 2019						$	541,023					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	542,378					$	2,321					—						N/A
September 30, 2021						$	544,167					$	2,000					—						N/A
September 30, 2022						$	545,956					$	1,817					—						N/A
September 30, 2023						$	513,528					$	1,807					—						N/A
September 30, 2024						$	252,772					$	1,860					—						N/A
2020 Debt Securitization (9)
September 30, 2020						$	189,000					$	2,321					—						N/A
GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization (10)
September 30, 2024						$	297,952					$	1,860					—						N/A
GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization (11)
September 30, 2024						$	236,836					$	1,860					—						N/A
GBDC 3 2022 -2 Debt Securitization (12)
September 30, 2024						$	225,000					$	1,860					—						N/A
2024 Debt Securitization
September 30, 2025						$	1,364,000					$	1,802					—						N/A
Credit Facility (13)
September 30, 2016						$	126,700					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	63,100					$	2,852					—						N/A
September 30, 2018						$	136,000					$	2,695					—						N/A
MS Credit Facility (14)
September 30, 2018						$	234,700					$	2,695					—						N/A
MS Credit Facility II
September 30, 2019						$	259,946					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	313,292					$	2,321					—						N/A
September 30, 2021						$	—					$	2,000					—						N/A
JPM Credit Facility
September 30, 2021						$	472,102					$	2,000					—						N/A
September 30, 2022						$	692,592					$	1,817					—						N/A
September 30, 2023						$	784,373					$	1,807					—						N/A
September 30, 2024						$	956,590					$	1,860					—						N/A
September 30, 2025						$	1,098,437					$	1,802					—						N/A

---

Class and Year						Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities (1)						Asset Coverage per Unit (2)						Involuntary Liquidating Preference per Unit (3)						Average Market Value per Unit (4)
WF Credit Facility (15)
September 30, 2019						$	253,847					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	199,554					$	2,321					—						N/A
DB Credit Facility (16)
September 30, 2019						$	248,042					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	153,524					$	2,321					—						N/A
GBDC 3 DB Credit Facility
September 30, 2024						$	411,490					$	1,860					—						$	—
Adviser Revolver
September 30, 2016						$	—					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	—					$	2,852					—						N/A
September 30, 2018						$	—					$	2,695					—						N/A
September 30, 2019						$	—					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	—					$	2,321					—						N/A
September 30, 2021						$	—					$	2,000					—						N/A
September 30, 2022						$	—					$	1,817					—						N/A
September 30, 2023						$	—					$	1,807					—						N/A
September 30, 2024						$	—					$	1,860					—						N/A
September 30, 2025						$	39,200					$	1,802					—						N/A
SBA Debentures
September 30, 2016						$	277,000					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	267,000					$	2,852					—						N/A
September 30, 2018						$	277,500					$	2,695					—						N/A
September 30, 2019						$	287,000					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	217,750					$	2,321					—						N/A
2024 Notes (17)
September 30, 2021						$	399,770					$	2,000					—						$	1,034
September 30, 2022						$	502,131					$	1,817					—						$	996
September 30, 2023						$	500,747					$	1,807					—						$	969
2026 Notes (18)
September 30, 2021						$	398,927					$	2,000					—						$	1,004
September 30, 2022						$	597,930					$	1,817					—						$	917
September 30, 2023						$	598,461					$	1,807					—						$	867
September 30, 2024						$	598,993					$	1,860					—						$	918
September 30, 2025						$	599,524					$	1,802					—						$	965
2027 Notes (19)
September 30, 2021						$	346,062					$	2,000					—						$	990
September 30, 2022						$	346,794					$	1,817					—						$	888
September 30, 2023						$	347,526					$	1,807					—						$	834
September 30, 2024						$	348,260					$	1,860					—						$	891
September 30, 2025						$	348,994					$	1,802					—						$	943
2028 Notes (20)
September 30, 2024						$	460,642					$	1,860					—						$	1,034
September 30, 2025						$	720,521					$	1,802					—						$	1,052

---

Class and Year						Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities (1)						Asset Coverage per Unit (2)						Involuntary Liquidating Preference per Unit (3)						Average Market Value per Unit (4)
2029 Notes (21)
September 30, 2024						$	606,271					$	1,860					—						$	992
September 30, 2025						$	756,102					$	1,802					—						$	1,005
Total Debt (22)
September 30, 2016						$	587,700					$	2,488					—						N/A
September 30, 2017						$	514,100					$	2,852					—						N/A
September 30, 2018						$	626,683					$	2,695					—						N/A
September 30, 2019						$	1,837,402					$	2,203					—						N/A
September 30, 2020						$	1,805,948					$	2,321					—						N/A
September 30, 2021						$	2,569,228					$	2,000					—						N/A
September 30, 2022						$	3,093,603					$	1,817					—						N/A
September 30, 2023						$	3,133,332					$	1,807					—						N/A
September 30, 2024						$	4,624,791					$	1,860					—						N/A
September 30, 2025						$	4,926,778					$	1,802					—						N/A

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.

(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “ — ” in this column indicates that the SEC expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

(4) Not applicable because such senior securities are not registered for public trading, with the exception of the 2024 Notes, the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes and the 2029 Notes. The average market value per unit calculated for the 2024 Notes, the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes and the 2029 Notes is based on the average monthly prices of such notes and is expressed per $1,000 of indebtedness.

(5) 2010 Debt Securitization refers to the $ 350.0 million term debt securitization that was completed on July 16, 2010, and redeemed on July 20, 2018.

(6) 2014 Debt Securitization refers to the $ 402.6 million term debt securitization that was completed on June 5, 2014, and redeemed on August 26, 2020.

(7) 2018 Debt Securitization refers to the $ 327.0 million term debt securitization that was completed on November 16, 2018, and redeemed on November 18, 2024.

(8) Represents $ 546,500 of outstanding GCIC 2018 Notes, that was originally completed December 13, 2018 and we assumed on September 19, 2019, in connection with the GCIC Merger, less the unamortized discount recognized on the assumption of the GCIC 2018 Debt Securitization in the GCIC Merger and redeemed on November 18, 2024.

(9) 2020 Debt Securitization refers to the $ 330.4 million term debt securitization that we completed on August 26, 2020, and redeemed on August 26, 2021.

(10) Represents $ 298,000 of outstanding GBDC 3 2021 Notes, that was originally completed March 11, 2021 and we assumed on June 3, 2024 in connection with the GBDC 3 Merger, less the unamortized discount recognized on the assumption of the GBDC 3 2021 Debt Securitization in the GBDC 3 Merger and redeemed on November 18, 2024.

(11) Represents $ 401,800 of outstanding GBDC 3 2022 Notes, that was originally completed January 25, 2022 and we assumed on June 3, 2024 in connection with the GBDC 3 Merger, less the unamortized discount recognized on the assumption of the GBDC 3 2022 Debt Securitization in the GBDC 3 Merger and redeemed on August 1, 2025.

(12) Represents $ 386,600 of outstanding GBDC 3 2022-2 Notes, that was originally completed December 14, 2022 and we assumed on June 3, 2024 in connection with the GBDC 3 Merger, less the unamortized discount recognized on the assumption of the GBDC 3 2022-2 Debt Securitization in the GBDC 3 Merger and redeemed on December 16, 2024.

(13) Credit Facility refers to the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A, originally entered into on July 21, 2011 and terminated on February 4, 2019.

(14) MS Credit Facility refers to the amended senior secured credit facility with Morgan Stanley Bank N.A, originally entered into on July 20, 2018 and terminated on November 16, 2018.

---

(15) WF Credit Facility refers to the senior secured revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo N.A, originally entered into on October 10, 2014 and terminated on February 12, 2021.

(16) DB Credit Facility refers to the senior secured revolving credit facility with Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch originally entered into on December 31, 2018 and terminated on October 9, 2020.

(17) As of September 30, 2021, represents $ 400,000 outstanding of 2024 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination. As of and subsequent to September 30, 2022, represents $ 500,000 outstanding of 2024 Notes less the unamortized net discount recognized upon origination.

(18) As of September 30, 2021, represents $ 400,000 outstanding of 2026 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination. As of and subsequent to September 30, 2022, represents $ 600,000 outstanding of 2026 Notes less the unamortized net discount recognized upon origination.

(19) Represents $ 350,000 outstanding of 2027 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination.

(20) As of September 30, 2024, represents $ 450,000 outstanding of the 2028 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination. As of September 30, 2025, represents $ 700,000 outstanding of 2028 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination and an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship.

(21) As of September 30, 2024, represents $ 600,000 outstanding of the 2028 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination. As of September 30, 2025, represents $ 750,000 outstanding of 2029 Notes less the unamortized discount recognized upon origination and an adjustment for the change in fair value of an effective hedge accounting relationship.

(22) These amounts exclude the SBA Debentures pursuant to exemptive relief we received from the SEC on September 13, 2011. There were no SBA Debentures outstanding as of and subsequent to September 30, 2021.

Note 12. Earnings Per Share

The following information sets forth the computation of the net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

									Year ended September 30,
															2025						2024						2023
Earnings available to stockholders															$	376,646					$	273,785					$	258,631
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding															265,999,341						201,260,961						170,324,784
Basic and diluted earnings per share															$	1.42					$	1.36					$	1.52

---

Note 13. Common Stock Transactions

On October 6, 2023, the Company entered into the 2023 Equity Distribution Agreement, which provides that the Company may, from time to time, issue and sell shares of its common stock, par value $ 0.001 per share, having an aggregate offering price of up to $ 288,043 in an “at the market offering,” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ATM Program”).

For the year ended September 30, 2025, the Company issued common stock under the ATM Program as follows:

			Total Number of Shares Issued						Average Offering Price per share						Gross Proceeds						Underwriting Fees/Offering Expenses			Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Issued Under the ATM Program
ATM Program			2,408,940						$	15.79					$	38,043					$	609		$	250,000

On August 1, 2025, the Board re-approved the Program to repurchase up to $ 150,000 of the Company’s common stock, exclusive of shares repurchased prior to the date of such authorization. Under the Program, purchases may be made at management’s discretion from time to time in open-market transactions, in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations. As of September 30, 2025, the repurchased shares have been retired and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of GBDC Common Stock.

For the year ended September 30, 2025, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as broker, had repurchased 2,900,808 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Program at an average price of $ 14.01 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $ 40,631 . As of September 30, 2025, the Company recorded a receivable for 200,000 shares repurchased at an average price of $ 13.74 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $ 2,748 , which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

For the year ended September 30, 2025, repurchases under the Program were as follows:

Month Purchased						Total Number of Shares Repurchased						Average Price Paid Per Share						Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that have been Purchased Under the Plan						Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plan
March 1 - 31, 2025						77,777						$	14.53					$	1,130					$	144,062
April 1 - 30, 2025						2,285,299						13.97						31,918						112,144
May 1 - 31, 2025						158,199						14.27						2,258						109,886
June 1 - 30, 2025						11,200						14.29						160						109,726
September 1 - 30, 2025						368,333						14.02						5,165						144,835
Total						2,900,808						$	14.01					$	40,631					$	144,835	*

*The Program was re-approved on August 1, 2025 to purchase $ 150,000 of the Company’s common stock, exclusive of shares repurchased prior to the date of such authorization.

As of September 30, 2024, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as broker, had repurchased 331,928 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Program at an average price of $ 14.49 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $ 4,809 .

For the year ended September 30, 2024, repurchases under the Program were as follows:

Month Purchased						Total Number of Shares Repurchased						Average Price Paid Per Share						Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that have been Purchased Under the Plan						Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plan
August 1 - 31, 2024						322,528						$	14.48					$	4,672					$	145,328
September 1 - 30, 2024						9,400						14.54						137						145,191
Total						331,928						$	14.49					$	4,809					$	145,191	*

---

*The Program was re-approved on August 2, 2024 to purchase $ 150,000 of the Company’s common stock, exclusive of shares repurchased prior to the date of such authorization.

On February 21, 2025, the Company filed an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company from 351,000,000 shares to 501,000,000 shares, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $ 0.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $ 0.001 per share (the “Certificate of Incorporation Amendment”). The Certificate of Incorporation Amendment became effective immediately upon filing.

Note 14. Dividends and Distributions

The Company’s dividends and distributions are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The following table summarizes the Company’s dividend declarations and distributions during the years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

Date Declared									Record Date						Payment Date						Amount Per Share						Cash Distribution						DRIP Shares Issued						DRIP Shares Value
For the year ended September 30, 2025
			06/02/2024						11/29/2024						12/13/2024						$	0.05					$	10,760					—						$	2,454		(1)
			11/14/2024						11/29/2024						12/13/2024						$	0.04					$	8,607					—						$	1,964		(2)
			11/14/2024						12/09/2024						12/27/2024						$	0.39					$	84,514					1,221,469						$	18,554
			02/03/2025						03/03/2025						03/28/2025						$	0.39					$	89,334					1,001,354						$	15,150
			05/02/2025						06/13/2025						06/27/2025						$	0.39					$	87,755					—						$	16,136		(3)
			08/01/2025						09/15/2025						09/29/2025						$	0.39					$	87,238					—						$	16,649		(4)
For the year ended September 30, 2024
			11/17/2023						12/01/2023						12/15/2023						$	0.07					$	9,584					152,288						$	2,287
			11/17/2023						12/08/2023						12/29/2023						$	0.37					$	50,152					838,765						$	12,599
			02/02/2024						02/15/2024						03/15/2024						$	0.07					$	9,906					134,135						$	2,035
			01/16/2024						03/01/2024						03/29/2024						$	0.39					$	53,930					797,377						$	12,599
			04/19/2024						05/02/2024						06/21/2024						$	0.39					$	55,368					762,152						$	11,524
			05/03/2024						05/16/2024						06/14/2024						$	0.06					$	8,572					113,668						$	1,718
			06/02/2024						06/13/2024						06/27/2024						$	0.05					$	11,661					100,621						$	1,521
			06/02/2024						08/16/2024						09/13/2024						$	0.05					$	10,652					—						$	2,563		(5)
			08/02/2024						08/16/2024						09/13/2024						$	0.05					$	10,652					—						$	2,563		(5)
			08/02/2024						08/30/2024						09/27/2024						$	0.39					$	82,973					—						$	20,099		(6)
For the year ended September 30, 2023
			11/18/2022						12/09/2022						12/29/2022						$	0.33					$	47,245					—						$	9,151		(7)
			02/07/2023						03/03/2023						03/29/2023						$	0.33					$	43,548					—						$	12,848		(8)
			05/05/2023						06/02/2023						06/29/2023						$	0.33					$	44,518					—						$	11,548		(9)
			08/03/2023						08/18/2023						09/15/2023						$	0.04					$	5,495					—						$	1,289		(10)
			08/03/2023						09/01/2023						09/29/2023						$	0.37					$	50,659					—						$	12,091		(11)

(1) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 162,709 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 15.08 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(2) In accordance with the Company’s DRIP, 130,168 shares of the Company’s stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 15.08 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(3) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 1,094,965 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 14.74 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(4) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 1,217,370 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 13.68 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(5) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 339,804 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 15.08 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

---

(6) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 1,330,990 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 15.10 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(7) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 689,422 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 13.27 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(8) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 959,844 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 13.39 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(9) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 854,808 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 13.51 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

(10) In accordance with the Company's DRIP, 90,264 shares of the Company's stock were purchased in the open market at an average price of $ 14.28 and were allocated to stockholders of the Company participating in DRIP.

Note 15. Acquisition of Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc.

On June 3, 2024, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of GBDC 3. In accordance with the terms of the GBDC 3 Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the GBDC 3 Merger, each outstanding share of GBDC 3 common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.9138 shares of common stock, par value $ 0.001 per share of the Company (with GBDC 3 stockholders receiving cash in lieu of fractional shares of the Company’s common stock). As a result of the GBDC 3 Merger, the Company issued an aggregate of 92,115,308 shares of its common stock to former GBDC 3 stockholders.

The GBDC 3 Merger was accounted for in accordance with the asset acquisition method of accounting as detailed in ASC Topic 805. The fair value of the merger consideration paid and transaction costs incurred to complete the GBDC 3 Merger by the Company was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their relative fair values as of the date of acquisition and did not give rise to goodwill. The excess of merger consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired is considered the purchase premium. Immediately following the acquisition of GBDC 3, the Company recorded its assets at their respective fair values and, as a result, the purchase premium allocated to the cost basis of the GBDC 3 assets acquired was immediately recognized as unrealized depreciation on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations. The purchase premium allocated to investments in loan securities will amortize over the life of the loans through interest income with a corresponding reversal of the unrealized depreciation on the GBDC 3 loans acquired through their ultimate disposition. The purchase premium allocated to investments in equity securities, will not amortize over the life of the equity securities through interest income and, assuming no subsequent change to the fair value of the GBDC 3 equity securities acquired and disposition of such equity securities at fair value, the Company will recognize a realized loss or a reduction in realized gains with a corresponding reversal of the unrealized depreciation upon disposition of the GBDC 3 equity securities acquired.

The merger was considered a tax-free reorganization and the Company has elected to carry forward the historical cost basis of the GBDC 3 investments for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of the GBDC 3 Merger:

---

Common stock issued by the Company (1)			$	1,526,351
Transaction costs			3,867
Total purchase price			$	1,530,218
Assets acquired:
Investments, at fair value (amortized cost of $ 2,675,051 )			$	2,623,381
Cash and cash equivalents (2)			53,885
Interest receivable			32,204
Other assets			15,410
Total assets acquired			$	2,724,880
Liabilities assumed:
Debt			1,211,174
Other liabilities (3)			35,156
Total liabilities assumed			1,246,330
Net assets acquired			1,478,550
Total purchase premium			$	51,668

(1) Based on the most recent market price at closing of $ 16.57 and the 92,115,308 shares of common stock issued by the Company in conjunction with the GBDC 3 Merger.

(2) Includes $ 46,067 of restricted cash and cash equivalents, $ 373 of foreign restricted cash and cash equivalents and $ 1,064 of foreign cash and cash equivalents.

(3) Includes $ 4,651 of management fees and $ 4,271 of incentive fees accrued by GBDC 3 through the closing date of the GBDC 3 Merger pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between GBDC 3 and the Investment Adviser, which was terminated upon the closing of the GBDC 3 Merger. The payable for these fees was assumed by the Company and paid by the Company to the Investment Adviser in July 2024.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through the date of issuance. There are no subsequent events to disclose except for the following:

On November 14, 2025, the Company’s Board declared a quarterly distribution of $ 0.39 per share payable on December 30, 2025 to holders of record as of December 12, 2025.

For the period of October 1, 2025 through November 18, 2025, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as broker, has repurchased 2,540,542 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Program (as defined in Note 2) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $ 34,792 at an average price of $ 13.69 per share.

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---